B6 PTF53.5

BASIS II
S/36 FILE LAYOUTS

B6 Reference Guide
PTF 53.5
Second Edition
Coca-Cola Computer Service G.m.b.H.

Vienna, Austria
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Information in this
document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Coca-
Cola Computer Service G.m.b.H. No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form
or by any means, electronic, mechanical, or otherwise, including photocopying and recording, for any
purpose other than the user’s personal use without the prior written permission of Coca-Cola Computer
Service G.m.b.H.
These materials are furnished upon the condition that the user assumes all risks and liabilities arising out
of the use of, or the reliance upon this documentation.
Neither The Coca-Cola Company nor Coca-Cola Computer Service G.m.b.H. warrants suitability or
favorable results, NOR SHALL THEY BE LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS, CLAIM, OR
DAMAGE, DIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF, THE POSSESSION OF,
OR THE RELIANCE UPON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PUBLICATION.
This document may contain examples of data used in daily business correspondence and operations. In
these examples, we use names of hypothetical businesses and persons. These names are fictitious, and
any similarity to names of actual businesses or persons is purely coincidental.
If you have any comments about the documentation, complete the Documentation Feedback form at the
back of this document and return it to Coca-Cola Computer Services.
THIS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION ARE PROPRIETARY TO THE COCA-

COLA COMPANY. THEY ARE VALUABLE TRADE SECRETS AND ARE TO BE KEPT CONFIDENTIAL
AND NOT TO BE USED WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE OWNER.
COPYRIGHT © 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007. AN
UNPUBLISHED WORK BY THE COCA-COLA COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
B6 S/36 File Layouts

PTF 53.5
PTF 53.5 Changes to the B6 File Layouts
No changes were made to the S/36 file layouts since PTF 53.4.
PTF 53.5– CHANGES TO B6 1 OF 2

This page is intentionlly left blank.
2 OF 2 PTF 53.5– CHANGES TO B6

The following are the changes and deletions since PTF 53.3.
File Name and File Name and

Page Number Description of Changes
RS63.Z GENERAL MESSAGES

This file was updated.
SA24 SALES DATA BASE TRANSACTION FILE

SI60 SUMMARY INVOICE PRINT FILE

XJ03 JOB HISTORY FILE

XX01 DESCRIPTION OF DATA SEGMENTS





XX42 ROSS INVENTORY PHYSICAL COUNT INTERFACE FILE

(ROSS FILE LABEL IVMARSCT)
This file was deleted.
XX43 ORDER ENTRY INVENTORY TRANSACTIONS

(ROSS LABEL OECOMMIT)
This file was deleted.


No changes were made to the S/36 file layouts since PTF 53.1.

2 OF 2 PTF 53.2 – CHANGES TO B6

No changes were made to the S/36 file layouts since Release 53.

2 OF 2 PTF 53.1 – CHANGES TO B6

Release 53 Changes to the B6 File Layouts

AR23 Accounts Receivable Outlet Period End Totals

This file was moved to the B8 AS/400 File Layouts reference manual.
The descriptive name was updated.
AR41 AR External Interface File

It remains in the B6 manual for your convenience because here the
record is described in more detail than is possible in B8.
AR60 AR Master Data Print File for Reports and Statements

AR61 AR Detail Data Print File for Reports and Statements

AR66 Accounts Receivable Transaction/Entry Code Totals Work File

per Settlement Location
The descriptive name was updated.
AR67 Data Entry - Screen Information - Buffer File

The descriptive name was revised.
AR69 GL Account Totals Workfile

The descriptive name was revised.
AR74 Invoice/Payment Register Workfile

The descriptive name was corrected to "Document Total Work
File."
AR99 AR Running Totals Component for all Generic Programs

RS90 User Settlement Input File

REL53 – CHANGES TO B6 1 OF 2
Release 53 Changes to the B6 File Layouts, continued
SA46 GL Transaction File

SA48 Statistical GL Voucher File

SA50 Statistical GL Voucher File Converted

XO01 AR Options
These file layouts were deleted.
XX03 Description of Data Segments

2 OF 2 REL53 – CHANGES TO B6
Contents
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FILES
AR41 AR EXTERNAL INTERFACE FILE
AR42 INTERNAL INTERFACE FILE / HEADER RECORD
AR46 AR BUFFER FILE FOR GL
AR47 FINANCIAL GENERAL LEDGER VOUCHER FILE
AR56 AR HISTORY DOCUMENT TOTAL COMPONENT
AR57 AR HISTORY DOCUMENT DETAIL COMPONENT
AR60 AR MASTER DATA PRINT FILE FOR REPORTS AND STATEMENTS
AR61 AR DETAIL DATA PRINT FILE FOR REPORTS AND STATEMENTS
AR68 DATA ENTRY AUDIT LOG FILE
AR70 AR MASTER DATA PRINT FILE FOR WARNING LETTERS, WARNING LETTER
PROPOSALS, AND INTEREST INVOICES
AR71 AR DETAIL DATA PRINT FILE FOR WARNING LETTER AND WARNING LETTER
PROPOSAL
AR72 AR DETAIL DATA PRINT FILE FOR INTEREST INVOICES
AR73 BANK TRANSFER MASTER DATA PRINT FILE
AR7Ann ARP785 - PRINT BANK TRANSFER REGISTER PER BANK
ARP786 - PRINT BANK TRANSFER TOTAL REGISTER
AR77 AR PRINT FILE FOR DAILY ACTION LIST
AR98 WORKFIELDS FOR AR GENERIC PROGRAMS
AR99 AR RUNNING TOTALS COMPONENT FOR ALL GENERIC PROGRAMS
CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS FILE

CA50 CA PRINT FILE
COMPANY SYSTEMS FILES

CS20 HEADER OF CS2X COMPLEX
CS21 ARTICLE SUMMARY
CS21A1 ARTICLE SUMMARY
CS22 TRANSACTION
CS22A1 TRANSACTION
CS22A2 TRANSACTION
CS22A3 TRANSACTION
CS23 ARTICLE DETAIL
CS23A1 ARTICLE DETAIL
CS24 COST DETAIL
CS25 ADJUSTMENT DETAIL
CS26 FREE CASE
CS28 PENETRATION FILE
CS49 PARALLEL PROCESSING CONTROL RECORD
CS50-CS56 PERIODIC INPUT FILES PER COMPANY
CS60 ACCESS FILE FOR PRESUMMARIZE
CS61 ACCESS FILE FOR FIND FUNCTION
CS62 SCREEN MEMORY FILE
CS71 PRINT SALES REPORT WORK FILE 1
PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS i

DAILY STATISTICS FILES
DS21 DAILY STATISTICS FILE
DS22 GRAPHIC FILE
DS61 PRINT EXTRACT FILE
DS71 DAILY STATISTICS PRINT FILE
DS81 USER CALCULATION FIELDS
DS91 DYNAMIC BUSINESS SEGMENT COMMENTS
DS92 KEY ACCOUNT NAME AND ADDRESS FOR DS
EQUIPMENT CONTROL FILES

EC35 EC PRICE LIST MASTER TRANSACTION FILE
FORMS PRE-ADDRESSING FILES

FP82 FREE MESSAGE COMPONENT FOR FP PRINT FILE
INVOICING FILES
IN71 DELIVERY DOCUMENT PRINT FILE
KEY ACCOUNT ANALYSIS FILES

KA55 PRINT FILE
KA60 KA WORK FILE FOR TABLE OVERFLOW
MARKET ANALYSIS FILES

MA50 PRINT FILE
MA60 MA WORK FILE FOR TABLE OVERFLOW
ORDER ENTRY FILES

OE25 CALLING STATISTICS FILE
OE60 USER OE FILE
OUTLET SELECTION FILES

OS02 OUTLET SELECTION MASTER FILE
OS10 SET MASTER FILE FOR SCHEDULING OS VERSIONS
OS11 SET DETAIL FILE
OS41 PC INTERFACE FILE
OS42 EXTERNALLY DESCRIBED OS-PC FILE
OS55 OUTLET SELECTION DATA EXTRACT FILE
OS56 OUTLET SELECTION CALCULATION OF EXTRACTED DATA FILE
OS57 TEMPORARY TOTALS CALCULATION AND STORAGE FILE
OS60 ACCESS FILE
OS61 EXTERNALLY DEFINED ACCESS FILE
OS64 CAMPAIGN AND MIXED ARTICLE RELATION FILE
OS70 REPORT OPTIONS DEFINITION WORK FILE
OS71 EC ACCESS FILE
OS72 EC SORT AND MASTER PRINT DATA
PROMOTION ANALYSIS FILES

PA01 PROMOTION ANALYSIS MASTER FILE
PA02 PROMOTION ANALYSIS INTERFACE TO OS FILE
ROUTE SETTLEMENT FILES

RS63 CORRECTION SLIP PRINT FILE
RS81 CORRECTION SLIP RUNNING TOTALS
RS90 USER SETTLEMENT INPUT FILE
ii PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS

SALES ACCOUNTING FILES
SA21 TAX FILE
SA22 FINANCE FILE
SA23 CONSOLIDATION FILE
SA46 GL TRANSACTION FILE
SA47 FINANCIAL GL VOUCHER FILE
SA48 STATISTICAL GL VOUCHER FILE
SA49 OPERATIONAL ACCOUNTING VOUCHER FILE
SA50 STATICTICAL GL VOUCHER FILE CONVERTED
SA54 SALES DATA BASE TRANSACTION EXTRACT FILE
SA64 SALES DATA BASE TRANSACTION ACCESS FILE
SA95 BOOKING CURRENCY COMPONENT FOR SA TAX REPORT
SA952 TRANSACTION CURRENCY COMPONENT FOR SA TAX REPORT
SALES BUDGET FILES

SB01 SALES BUDGET
SB01A1 SALES BUDGET FILE
SB60 SALES BUDGET PRINT FILE
SALES DATA BASE FILES

SD05 COMMENT FILE
SD21 OUTLET SALES DATA BASE (ALTERNATE INDEX FILE FOR SD22 OUTLET
SALES DATA BASE)
SD22 OUTLET SALES DATA BASE
SD26 BUSINESS SEGMENT SALES DATA BASE
SD28 PENETRATION FILE
SD29 SALES DATA BASE ACCESS FILE
SD30 SUMMARY LEVEL WORK FILE
SD66 BUSINESS SEGMENT SALES DATA BASE ACCESS FILE
SUMMARY INVOICING FILES

SI81 RUNNING TOTALS AND COMPANY HEADINGS
DISTRIBUTED DATA PROCESSING FILES

XA01 DISTRIBUTION SENDER FILE
XA02 DISTRIBUTION RECIPIENT FILE
XA20 XA CONVERSION FILE AT RECIPIENT
XA50 DISTRIBUTION FILE
INSTALLATION CONTROL FILES

XI21 EXTRACT FILE
XI23 EXTRACT FILE FOR DISTRIBUTION
XI61 CROSS CHECK WORK FILE
JOB CONTROL FILES

XJ01 JOB DIRECTORY FILE
XJ02 JOB CONTROL FILE
CONTROL LIST FILES

XL21 SYSTEM WORDS FILE
XL61 WORK FILE
XL62 WORK FILE 2
PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS iii

RUN OPTION FILES
XO01 OPTION FILE
XO01-CS OPTIONS
XO01-DI OPTIONS
XO01-DS OPTIONS
XO01-FP OPTIONS
XO01-IN OPTIONS
XO01-MA OPTIONS
XO01-OM OPTIONS
XO01-RS OPTIONS
XO01-SA OPTIONS
XO01-SB OPTIONS
XO01-SD OPTIONS
XO01-SI OPTIONS
XO01-XJ OPTIONS
XO21 OPTION EXTRACT FILE
XO70 OPTION WORK FILE
LANGUAGE PATCHING FILES

XP00 PATCH MASTER FILE
XP00X PATCH MASTER EXTRACT FILE
XP01 PATCH WORK FILE
XP02 SOURCE MEMBER FILE
XP05 PATCH DISTRIBUTION FILE
XP08 LITERAL FILE
XP21 PATCH EXTRACT FILE
CROSS-APPLICATION FILES
XX04 SEGMENTS
XX05 SEGMENTS
iv PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS

AR41

Record 1
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
FLD# FIELD NAME TYPE POS. LGTH. DESCRIPTION
N 1 7 AR posting outlet number
N 8 2 Record number within transaction set 01

A 10 2 Settlement Location
N 12 7 Ship-to number if a ship-to number has to
be kept as reference
N 19 6 Posting date external format
A 25 1 Identification flag
1 = invoice
2 = payment
4 = expense
5 = interest
A 26 5 Receivable Debit Entry Code for identifica-
tion flag = 1,4,5
A 31 5 Receivable Credit Entry Code for identifi-
cation flag = 2
A 36 1 Credit Note Indicator
1 = credit note
else = blank
A 37 1 Last record indicator per transaction set
b = last record of transaction set
A 38 1 Segment identifier = D
A 39 4 Segment Code = DORE
A 43 11 Data part D segments alpha left adjusted
54 11 free
A 65 1 General Ledger link flag

b = link to GL
1 = no link to GL
A 66 10 User area
These groups of fields are supported from
program ARP180 interest after late pay-
ment
SP 76 4 Invoice date
Document date of document whose
interest after late payment has been
calculated (from program ARP140)
SP 80 7 Invoice amount
PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS 1

AR41

SP 87 4 Due date of document whose interest after
late payment has been calculated (from
program ARP140)
SP 91 4 Date of late payment

SP 95 7 Payment amount of late payment
SP 102 7 Interest calculation base amount applied
for late payment
SP 109 4 Interest calculation base date
SP 113 3 Interest days applied for late payment
N 116 6 Record counter—unique, consecutive
number used for local programs
A 122 3 Actual currency code (according to the run

options screen)
125 4 free
A 129 10 Reference field

(updates reference field AR37)
SP 139 4 Original due date

(updates due date field AR37; if left blank,
the due date will be calculated)
SP 143 6 AR voucher number
149 108 free
2 PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS

AR41

Record 2
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
N 1 7 AR posting outlet number

N 8 2 Record number within transaction set 02-
99
A 10 2 Settlement Location
N 12 7 Ship-to number if a ship-to number has to
be kept as reference
N 19 6 Posting date external format
1 = invoice
2 = payment
4 = expense
5 = interest
A 26 5 Receivable Debit Entry Code for identifica-
tion flag = 1,4,5
A 31 5 Receivable Credit Entry Code for identifi-
cation flag = 2
A 36 1 Credit Note Indicator
1 = credit note
else = blank
A 37 1 Last record indicator per transaction set
L = last record of transaction set
G 38 27 Variable E or D Segment Layout
E segment:
A 38 1 Segment identifier = E
A 39 4 Segment code (internal data identifier)
Depending on the identification flag, the
data identifier could be TODE, CAAR,
EXP , or INTR.
43 11 free
N 54 11 Data part E segment, numeric, right
adjusted. Mask 30 is used for editing.
D segment:
A 38 1 Segment identifier = D
A 39 4 Internal data identifier
A 43 11 Data part D segment, alphanumeric, left
adjusted
54 11 free
NOTE
D segments can be linked to AR according
to option OAR-LNKAID.

AR41

DCRTE (Credit route) and DPEDT
(Payment Effective Date) are stored on
the AR37 file directly.
A 65 1 General Ledger link flag

b = link to GL
1 = no link to GL
A 66 10 User area
These groups of fields are supported from
program ARP180 interest after late pay-
ment
Document date of document whose
interest after late payment has been
calculated (from program ARP140)
SP 87 4 Due date of document whose interest after
late payment has been calculated (from
program ARP140)
SP 91 4 Date of late payment
SP 102 7 Interest calculation base amount applied
for late payment
SP 109 4 Interest calculation base date
SP 113 3 Interest days applied for late payment
N 116 6 Record counter—unique, consecutive
number used for local programs
122 3 Actual currency code (according to the run

options screen)
125 4 free

(updates reference field AR37)

(updates due date field AR37; if left blank,
the due date will be calculated)
149 108 free
NOTE
Each AR document has at least two
records in AR41, of which the record
containing the amount (E-segment) has to
be the last.

AR42
AR42 INTERNAL INTERFACE FILE / HEADER RECORD
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 1024
A 1 1 Record Status 'H'
A 2 8 free
NP 10 4 Date of conversion from AR41
14 19 free
N 33 2 Record number 01–03
A 35 1 Last record indicator

'b' = not last (record number 01+02)
'L' = last (record number 3)
36 13 free
N 49 2 Sign-on location
51 4 free
N 55 6 Start address (of first data record)
61 958 free
N 1019 6 Next free record address (only on first

header record, record number 01)

AR42
AR42 INTERNAL INTERFACE FILE / COMMON PART
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 1024
A 1 1 Record Status '5'

(segmented format)
A 2 3 Actual currency code (according to the run

options screen)
5 3 free
A 8 2 Sign-on location where conversion from

AR41 was done
NP 10 4 System date of settlement date
14 5 free
A 19 3 Record code 141 delivery document
22 11 free
SP 33 2 Record number within transaction

'b' = not last
'L' = last record
SP 36 4 Ship-to outlet number
A 40 2 User ID of the conversion operator
A 42 2 Workstation ID of conversion
44 5 free

AR42
AR42 INTERNAL INTERFACE FILE / DELIVERY DOCUMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 1024
1 48 Common Part
A 49 1 Credit note indicator

'b' = invoice
'1' = credit note
50 2 free
SP 52 4 Bill-to outlet number

(OM01 field 091)
56 30 free
A 86 5 Debit Entry Code
A 91 5 Credit Entry Code
1 = Invoice
2 = Payment
4 = Expense
5 = Interest
1,4,5 = Debit
2 = Credit
97 1 Linkflag for GL
'b' = link to GL
'1' = no link to GL
Late payment information
SP 109 4 Due date
SP 113 4 Payment date of late payment
SP 124 7 Base amount for interest calculation
SP 131 4 Base date for interest calcualtion
SP 135 3 Interest days
A 138 10 Local user application data area

AR42

SP 158 4 Original due date (updates original due

date field AR37; if left blank, the due date
will be calculated)
168 89 free
257 16 Miscellaneous Data and Amount Segment
Segment D
A 1 1 Segment identification 'D'
A 2 4 Data identifier internal 'CRTE'
6 6 free
A 12 5 Salesman resposibility
Segment E
A 1 1 Segment identification 'E'
2 1 free
A 3 4 Data Identifier internal 'TODE', 'CAAR',

'INTR', 'EXP '
SP 7 6 Amount value
13 4 free

AR46
AR46 AR BUFFER FILE FOR GL
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 118
G 1 6 Journal Entry number

A 1 2 Application = 'AR'
A 3 2 Location
A 5 2 AR Period number
A 7 2 GL Period number
SP 9 4 GL posting date internal
A 13 2 free
A 15 24 GL account number
SP 39 6 AR Voucher number
G 45 26 Amount fields
N 45 13 GL debit amount
N 58 13 GL credit amount
A 71 30 GL transaction description
A 101 5 AR entry code
A 106 5 free
A 111 1 GL entry code

'b' = Finance Entry
'T' = Total Entry
A 112 7 free

AR46
This page intentionally left blank.

AR47
AR47 FINANCIAL GENERAL LEDGER VOUCHER FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 118
G 1 6 Journal Entry Number

A 1 2 Application = 'AR'
A 3 2 Location
A 5 2 AR period number
A 7 2 GL period number
A 9 6 GL posting date external
SP 39 6 AR Voucher number
N 45 13 GL debit amount
N 58 13 GL credit amount
A 71 30 GL transaction description
A 101 5 AR entry code
A 106 5 free
A 111 1 GL entry code

'b' = finance Entry
'T' = Total Entry
A 112 7 free

AR47

AR56
AR56 AR HISTORY DOCUMENT TOTAL COMPONENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 168 19
G 1 19 Key fields
K SP 1 4 Outlet number
K SP 5 4 Document date
G 9 11 Document number
K A 9 2 Document number location
K A 11 1 Document number document-ID
K N 12 8 Document number numeric part
G 20 70 Total fields
SP 20 7 Original invoice amount
A 27 7 free
SP 34 7 Total payment amount
A 41 7 free
SP 48 7 Total discount amount
A 55 7 free
SP 62 7 Total interest amount
A 69 7 free
SP 76 7 Total expense amount
A 83 7 free
SP 90 4 Last payment date

A 94 1 Interest Invoice Code
1 = Interest invoice
SP 95 2 Last sequence number used for detail info
A 97 1 Notebook flag
(1 = notes present)
A 98 2 User ID of AR clerk who made the last
update
SP 100 4 Ship-to number
A 104 2 Settlement location

AR56
A 106 5 Period of invoice date (OXX-Period)

The first digit of this field contains the
century byte.
A 111 1 Past-due flag
A 112 1 Past-due additional flag
A 113 1 Contra entry flag
0 = invoice is canceled
N 114 1 Warning level
SP 115 4 Last used statement number set in ARP710
A 119 10 User area for data of local user application
S 129 4 Date of last warning
A 133 1 User flag
S 134 7 Total interest posted under separate
interest invoice
A 141 3 Delivery Transaction Code
144 9 Bank transfer fields

SP 144 4 Bank transfer print date
SP 148 2 Bank transfer batch number
A 150 1 Bank transfer flag
@ = BT executed
A 151 5 free
A 156 1 Balance forward flag

1 = compressed
0 = not compressed
A 157 3 Booking currency code

A 160 3 Customer currency code
A 163 3 Transaction currency code
A 166 3 Actual currency code (An internal field that
enables the system to toggle between
booking and customer currency with F9 on
some AR screens.)

AR57
AR57 AR HISTORY DOCUMENT DETAIL COMPONENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 175 21
G 1 1 Key fields 2
K SP 1 4 Outlet number
G 5 7 Subkey 1
K A 5 2 Document number location
K A 7 1 Document number Doc-ID
K N 8 8 Document number numeric part
K SP 16 4 Date of movement
K SP 20 2 Sequence number
1 = invoice
2-999 = all other
A 22 1 Identification Code
1 = invoice
2 = payment
3 = discount
4 = expense
5 = interest
6 = taxes
9 = contra entry
A 23 5 Receivable Entry Code
SP 28 7 Debit amount for Identification Code 1,4,5,6
SP 35 7 Credit amount for Identification Code 2,3
A 46 4 free
SP 50 4 Effective date
A 54 1 Revision flag for effective date
A 55 1 Document origin
A 56 3 Tax code
A 59 2 Salesman responsibility/Location
A 61 3 Salesman responsibility/Route
SP 64 6 Voucher number
A 70 5 Period where item is within always same
period as on assigned AR56-document
record
The first digit of this field contains the
century byte.
A 75 1 Notebook flag
1 = notes present

AR57
A 76 1 Flag for credit note

1 = Credit note
A 77 2 User ID of AR clerk
A 79 1 Flag for correction
1= item has been used fora correction
posting operation and must not
be used for a second correction
posting operation
SP 80 4 AR Internal batch number
SP 84 3 Sequence number within internal batch
A 87 24 General Ledger accountnumber
A 111 10 User area for data of local user application
A 121 2 Settlement location
A 123 3 Delivery Transaction Code
A 126 1 Roll Period Type
A 127 4 Roll Period Date (YYMM)
A 131 5 free
A 136 1 Update origin application

A 137 1 Update origin segment
A 138 5 Actual closing period
SP 143 4 Ship-to number per transaction
A 157 4 Driver number
A 161 3 Booking currency code

A 164 3 Customer currency code
A 167 3 Transaction currency code
A 170 3 Payment currency code
A 173 3 Actual currency code (An internal field that
enables the system to toggle between
booking and customer currency with F9 on
some AR screens.)

AR60
AR60 AR MASTER DATA PRINT FILE FOR REPORTS AND STATEMENTS
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 1408 4
G 1 384 AR22 data part
K P 1 4 AR22 Outlet number
A 5 380 AR22 fields see B8 AR22 description
G 385 640 OM01 data part see B8 OM01 description
G 1025 256 OM02 data part see B8 OM02 description
G 1281 128 Additional Fields
1281 50 Sortfield names table
010 SORTNAME60 A 1281 10*5 Sortfield name
G 1331 5 Previous salesman responsibility
020 PREVLOC60 A 1331 2 Previous salesman location
025 PREVRTE60 A 1333 3 Previous salesman route
G 1336 50 Previous sortfields table
030 PRSRTF60 A 1336 10*5 Previous sortfield
A 1386 1 Overdue present flag

1 = Overdue present for this outlet
A 1387 1 Over credit limit flag

1 = Outlet over credit limit
A 1388 1 Open balance print flag

1 = do not print outlet on Aged Trial
Balance Report
SP 1389 7 Ending balance of previous period
A 1396 13 free

AR60

AR61
AR61 AR DETAIL DATA PRINT FILE FOR REPORTS AND STATEMENTS
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 763
G 1 50 Sortfield Table
020 SORTFLD61 1 10*5 Sortfield
NOTE
The sortfields are set by Prepare Printfile
program. The file is then sorted according
to this fields
G 394 370 Additional fields
010 SHIPTONAME A 394 30 Name of ship-to outlet from OM01
020 BALAFTER SP 424 7 Balance after movement
030 GENINTERST SP 431 5 General interest calculated
040 OVERDUEINT SP 436 5 Overdue interest calculated
050 OVERDUEFLG A 441 1 Overdue flag

1 = document overdue
2 = document not yet due
3 = document due
060 OVDDAYS61 SP 442 3 Overdue days calculated
070 PERCOVD61 SP 445 3 Accumulated percentage over credit limit
080 HISTFLAG A 448 1 History flag

1 = data from current file set
2 = data from history file set
090 AGE SP 449 3 Age calculated

AR61
100 G AGECOL-ATB 452 70 Aging column tableaccording to days

(either OAR-AGING or OAR-PERIOD
either age or overdue days)
SP 452 7*10 Open amount assigned to the correspond-

ing column
110 G AGECOL-FUP 522 70 Aging column table according to weeks
SP 522 7*10 Open amount assigned to the correspond-

ing column
120 G DAYSCOLUMN 592 30 Aging Column Days Table
N 592 3*10 Days per aging column for ATB
125 OVCRLAMT61 SP 622 7 Accumulated over credit limit amount
130 LDETIND61 A 629 1 Last detail indicator per document

1 = last detail data block per document
135 BALBEFORE SP 630 7 Balance before movement
145 SORTLOC61 A 637 2 Salesman location
146 SORTRTE61 A 639 3 Salesman route
150 IDCIMED A 642 10 Code interpretation medium for posting

identification
155 IDICSHORT A 652 5 Code interpretation short for posting

identification
160 ENTRCDCIM A 657 10 Code interpretation medium for Entry Code
165 ENTRCDCIS A 667 5 Code interpretation short for Entry Code
SP 672 7 ending balance of previous period
A 679 50 Reserved for BASIS use
A 729 35 free

AR68

General Record Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
RECTYP1 N 01 001 Record Type 1

0 = Session Information
1 = Batch Information
2 = Movement Information
RECTYP2 N 02 001 Record Type 2
ACTTIM 03 Time of Action Taken in Data Entry Which

Caused Auditing:
A 002 Hour
A 002 Minute
A 002 Second
DIAPRT A 09 120 Data Part

AR68

Session Information Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
RECTYP12 N 01 001 Record Type 1 + 2

01 = Start of Data Entry Session
02 = End of Data Entry Session
03 = Session Restart
free A 03 126 free part

AR68

Batch Information Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128

11 = Open Batch Info.
12 = Change Batch Info.
13 = Close Batch Info.
BATCHNUM NP 09 004(07) Batch Number

VOUCHNUM A 13 011 Voucher Number
CTRTOTDEB SP 24 010(18) Control Total Debit

CTRTOTCRD SP 34 010(18) Control Total Credit
LOCNUM A 44 002 Salesman Location Route

RTE A 46 003 Salesman Route
GLLOC A 49 002 GL location
CRYCOD A 51 003 Currency code of the batch (either booking

or customer currency)
free A 54 75 free

AR68

Movement Information Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128

21 = Select Movement
22 = Undo Previous Movement
23 = Assign Movenent
24 = Cancel Entry
25 = Assign Using Payment Allocation
26 = Suspended Payment Entered
27 = Movement Changed
28 = Payment Allocation, Remainder
Kept
29 = Payment Allocation, Remainder
Posted
ORGFLG A 09 001 Origin Flag

1 = Source Movement
2 = Destination Movement
AR37KEY AR37 Key Field

OUTNUM NP 10 004(7) Outlet Number
DOCNUM A 14 011 Document Number
MOVDAT NP 25 004(7) Movement Date
SEQNUM NP 29 002(3) Sequence Number
DEBAMT SP 31 007(13) Debit Amount

CRDAMT SP 38 007(13) Credit Amount
RMNOPTFLG A 45 001 Remainder Option Flag

1 = Store remainder as non-allocated
payment
2 = Keep remainder pending
Information for 'Change' Function

OLDWRNLEV A 46 001 Old Warning Level
OLDEFFDAT NP 47 004(7) Old Effective Date
OLDDUEDAT NP 51 004(7) Old Due Date
ENTCOD A 55 005 Entry Code

AR70
AR70 AR MASTER DATA PRINT FILE FOR WARNING LETTERS,

WARNING LETTER PROPOSALS, AND INTEREST INVOICES
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 1408 4
K P 1 4 AR22 Outlet number
A 5 380 AR22 fields see B6, AR22 description
G 385 640 OM01 data part see B6, OM01

description
G 1025 256 OM02 data part see B6, OM02

description
G 1281 128 Additional fields
010 G SORTNAME70 1281 20 Sortfield names table
A 1281 10*2 Sortfield names table
030 G PRSRTF01P 1301 20 Previous Sortfields table
A 1301 10*2 Previous Sortfields table
060 OVDFLG70 A 1321 1 Overdue present flag

1 = overdue present for this outlet
070 OVCRLFLG70 A 1322 1 Over creditlimit flag

1 = outlet over creditlimit
080 WARNLEVOUT A 1323 1 Highest warning level outlet for this warn-
ing letter run
090 EXPAMPTPOST SP 1324 7 Expense to be posted for this Warning

Letter run
A 1331 78 free

AR70

AR71
AR71 AR DETAIL DATA PRINT FILE FOR WARNING LETTER AND WARNING
LETTER PROPOSAL
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 608
010 SORTFLD71 A 1 10*2 Sortfield
Note:
The sortfields are set by Prepare Printfile
program. The file is then sorted according
to this field
A 20 10 free
G 374 Additional fields
010 BALAFTER SP 374 7 Balance after movement
020 GENINTERST SP 381 5 General interest calculated
030 OVERDUEINT SP 386 5 Overdue interest calculated
040 OVERDUEFLG A 391 1 Overdue flag
1 = document overdue
2 = document not yet due
3 = document due
050 OVDDAYS71 SP 392 3 Overdue days calculated
060 PERCOVD71 SP 395 3 Accumulated percentage over creditlimit
070 AGE SP 398 3 Age calculated
080 OVCRLAMT71 SP 401 7 Accumulated over credit limit amount
090 LDETIND71 A 408 1 Last detail indicator per document

1 = last detail data block per document

AR71
100 BALBEFORE SP 409 7 Balance before movement
110 WARNLEVINV A 416 1 Warning level of document
120 INTPOST SP 417 5 Interest to be posted
130 INTRATE SP 422 4 Interest rate applied for overdue interest

from OAR-INTRES installation option.
Interest table according to interest pointer
140 INTDAYS SP 426 3 Days calculated for interest calculation
A 429 180 free

AR72
AR72 AR DETAIL DATA PRINT FILE FOR INTEREST INVOICES
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 202 27
G 1 26 Printfile Key
010 K INTROUT P 1 4 Outlet number
020 K INTRDOCNO A 5 11 Interest invoice document number
030 K INTRDATE SP 16 4 Interest invoice document date
040 K INTRRECNO SP 20 2 Interest invoice record number
050 K INTRLREC A 22 1 Interest invoice last record indicator

l = last record of interest invoice detail
data
060 K INTRDUEDT SP 23 4 Interest invoice due date
070 K INTRCD A 27 1 Interest invoice check digit
080 INTRAMT72 SP 28 7 Interest invoice amount
G 35 168 AR36 data part see B6 AR36

AR72

AR73
AR73 BANK TRANSFER MASTER DATA PRINT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 1056 33
G 1 Additional Data Group
G 1 3 Record Key 3
001 K BRPRCFLAG A 1 1 Record Code
b = Outlet receives charge slip
'1' = Outlet receives refund slip
003 K BTBNKNO A 2 12 National bank number of outlet (copied
from OM02)
006 K BTACCNO A 14 16 Bank account number (copied from OM02)
009 K BTOUTNO SP 30 4 Outlet number (AR posting outlet from
AR22)
G AR73 information fields

012 BTTOTAMT SP 34 7 Total amount to be charged or refunded
according to record code (pos. 1)
015 BTSEQUNO SP 41 3 Slip sequence number to be optionally
printed. According to the record code the
sequence number is either from the charge
slip range or from the refund slip range.
020 ACTCRYCOD A 44 3 Currency code of the BTTOTAMT amount

field
A 47 18 free
G 65 96 AR02 Bank master data record

The whole record is prepared on the
printfile. Key for AR02 is the national bank
number per outlet from the OM02 Credit
Master File.
G 161 640 OM01 Outlet Master data record
G 801 256 OM02 Outlet Credit Master record

AR73

AR77
AR77 AR PRINTFILE FOR DAILY ACTION LIST

Stand-Alone Version
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128

010 A 01 6*4 Sortfield due to select criteria
020 N 25 1*4 Breakfield for page skip
030 SP 29 004 Outlet number

AR77

AR7Ann
AR7Ann ARP785-PRINT BANK TRANSFER REGISTER PER BANK
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 1024 28
001 BTPRCFLAG A 1 1 Record Code

G 2 28 Logical file key

003 K BTBNKNO A 2 12 National bank number of outlet (copied
from OM02)
006 K BTACCNO A 14 16 Bank account number (copied from OM02)
009 BTOUTNO SP 30 4 Outlet number (AR posting outlet from

AR22)
NOTE
'nn' = BASIS job number
Rest of file as described for AR73 Bank

Transfer Master Data Printfile. This logical
file is deleted after execution of ARP785.

AR7Ann
AR7Ann ARP786-PRINT BANK TRANSFER TOTAL REGISTER
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 1024 4
001 BTPRCFLAG A 1 1 Record Code

003 BTBNKNO A 2 12 National bank number of outlet (copied

from OM02)
006 BTACCNO A 14 16 Bank account number (copied from OM02)
009 K BTOUTNO SP 30 4 Outlet number (AR posting outlet from

AR22)
NOTE
'nn' = BASIS job number
Rest of file as described for AR73 Bank

Transfer Master Data Printfile. This logical
file is deleted after execution of ARP786.

AR98
AR98 WORKFIELDS FOR AR GENERIC PROGRAMS
ORG. LGTH KEY

32
020 BATCHNO98 NP 1 7 Batch number for ARP760 New Items/

Payment Register
030 PRVBATCH98 NP 5 7 Previous batch number for batch total line
for ARP760 New Items/Payment Register
035 STATMNTNO N 9 6 Statement number for ARP710 Statement
of Account
040 PRLPAYMDT NP 15 7 Last payment date of previous outlet for
total line for ARP710 Statement of Account
045 LWDAT98 NP 19 7 Last warning date of previous outlet for
total line for ARP710 Statement of Account
050 LOUTLNO SP 24 7 Last outlet number for ARP710 to print
bank slip at end of statement
055 LSTMTNO SP 29 7 Last statement number for ARP710 to print
bank slip at end of statement
NOTE
No physical file present. Data is only
available as data component for generic
print programs.

AR98

AR99
AR99 AR RUNNING TOTALS COMPONENT FOR ALL GENERIC PROGRAMS
ORG. LGTH KEY

750
No real file exists. The definition is for the

data dictionary component.
G RUNTOT 1 693 Running Total table
SP 7*99 Running Total
NOTE
Usage of running totals explained in the
Accounts Receivable Printlists
ASOFDATE A 694 8 As-of-date for AR Report Headers
FROMDATE A 702 8 From-date for AR Report Headers
TODATE A 710 8 To-date for AR Report Headers
A 718 33 Reserved for BASIS use

AR99

CA50
CA50 CA PRINT FILE

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Record ID 'H'
A 2 1 Reservation code
G 3 19 Current segment
N 3 2 Current year
A 5 1 Period type
N 6 2 Period number
N 8 7 Starting date
N 15 7 Ending date
22 13 free
G 35 19 Reference segment
N 35 2 Reference year
A 37 1 Period type
N 38 2 Period number
N 40 7 Starting date
N 47 7 Ending date
54 13 free
67 190 free

CA50
CA50 CA PRINT FILE

Data Record
A 1 1 Record status
Definition of current business segment
A 3 4 Business segment
A 7 1 Article group symbol (+)
A 8 1 Article symbol (*)
G 9 60 Business segment values

(4*15)
A 7 Business segment value

A 4 Component name
A 4 Field number
Definition of reference business segment
A 73 1 Article group symbol (+)
A 74 1 Article symbol (*)
G 75 60 Business segment values

(4*15)
A 7 Business segment value

A 4 Component name
A 4 Field number
N 135 2 Article grouping type

N 137 2 Article group
NP 139 3 Article sequence number
NP 142 3 Article number
145 12 free

CA50
Selected field
A 157 2 Field number
N 159 3 Level of contribution

A 162 1 Field type
N 163 1 Adjustment or cost class
N 164 2 Adjustment type
or
N 164 1 Cost type
165 1 free
or for calculation fields
N 159 2 First field number

N 161 1 First field suffix
A 162 1 Calculation symbol
N 163 2 Second field number
N 165 1 Second period suffix
SN 166 13 Per case value in the current segment

SN 179 13 Total value in the current segment
SN 192 13 Per case value in the reference segment
SN 205 13 Total value in the reference segment
SN 218 13 Variance per case
SN 231 13 Variance in total
SN 244 13 Variance in percent

CA50

CS20
CS20 HEADER OF CS2x COMPLEX

Company Systems / Company and Head Office
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 320 2
K COMPANY A 1 2 Company number

FILEORIGIN A 3 1 File origin
'A' = original file from sender
'B' = both 'A' and 'M' present
'C' = original file from non-BASIS users
'D' = both 'C' and 'M' present
'M' = manual entries only
PERIODTYPE A 4 1 Receiving period type
PERIODYEAR N 5 2 Period year
PERIODNUM A 7 2 Period number
FROMDATE NP 9 4 Date of earliest transaction (in file)
TODATE NP 13 4 Date of latest transaction (in file)
PGMCODE A 17 1 Status of active program
' ' = no program active
'1' = receive (CSP210)
'2' = manual data entry (CSP130)
PERIODFROM1 NP 18 4 Data on transaction level starting date one
PERIODTO1 NP 22 4 Data on transaction level ending date one
PERIODFROM2 NP 26 4 Data on transaction level starting date two
PERIODTO2 NP 30 4 Data on transaction level ending date two
PERIODFROM3 NP 34 4 Data on transaction level starting date
three
PERIODTO3 NP 38 4 Data on transaction level ending date three
STATPROC A 42 1 Status of processing
'0' = not accepted
'1' = accepted and checked correct
'A' = accepting
'C' = checking
'X' = cross checking
'E' = accepted with error
STATXCHECK A 43 1 Status of cross-check
'N' = no cross-check to be performed
'0' = outstanding
'1' = successful
'E' = errors exist
STATCONFIRM A 44 1 Status of confirmation

'0'= no
'1'= yes

CS20
STATTRANS A 45 1 Status of transfer

'0' = not yet transferred
'1' = transferred to SD
STATPRINT A 46 1 Status of printing reports for single
company and/or consolidated
'0' = no reports printed
'1' = both reports printed
'C' = consolidated report printed
'S' = single report printed
HASHEXTR SP 47 8 Hash total extracted
HASHNOTEXT SP 55 8 Hash total not extracted
XCHECKDIFF SP 63 8 Cross-check difference
WHASHTOTAL SP 71 8 Hash total on complete CS2x
WHASHRECAL SP 79 8 Hash total on CS2x recalculated
CREATDATE NP 87 4 File creation date
TOTALMILE NP 91 7 Total miles to deliver all outlets of company
OCSFIELDS A 98 64 Options at extract time for check of
difference
PREVPERTYP A 162 5 Period type of previous CS period
(according to calendar at sender)
CONVERSION A 167 1 Conversion used for extract
' ' = no conversion
'1' = conversion one
'2' = conversion two
PENETRAT A 168 1 Penetration file CS28 existence
' ' = no
'1' = yes
REORGCS21 A 169 1 CS21 must be reorganized
' ' = no
'1' = yes
PENPERIOD A 170 5 Period of penetration extracted (yytnn)
PENPERFROM NP 175 4 From-date of penetration period
PENPERTO NP 179 4 To-date of penetration period
PENERROR A 183 1 Error during penetration receive
'0' = no
'1' = yes
LOCATNUMBR N 184 3 Number of locations on sender file
CRYCOD A 187 3 Currency code
190 31 free
MODLEV A 221 2 Modlev of extract program

STATFILE1 A 223 1 Status of complex file 1: CS21
'0' = file not present
'1' = file ok
'E' = error - wrong file
HASHART1 NP 224 8 Check sum on article numbers
HASUNITS1 NP 232 8 Check sum on quantities

'1' = file ok
CS20
HASHOUTLET NP 241 8 Check sum on outlet numbers
GENKEYUSED1) BIN 249 4 Highest used GENKEY

'1 ' = file ok
HASHUNITS3 NP 262 8 Check sum on quantities
'1' = file ok
HASHART NP 271 8 Check sum on article numbers
HASHAMOUNT4 NP 279 8 Check sum on amounts
'1' = file ok
HASHQUANT5 NP 296 8 Check sum on quantities
'1' = file ok
HASHQUANT6 NP 313 8 Check sum on quantities
1) BIN = Binary Data Format: PIC 9(09)

COMP-4
This format also used for field GENKEY
on CS23 - CS26.

CS20
This page is intentionally left blank.

CS21
CS21 ARTICLE SUMMARY

Summary Records per Article and Company
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 74

K SEQNO NP 3 3 Article sequence number
K ARTNO NP 6 3 Article number
K FROMINFO A 9 1 File origin
'A' = original from sender
'M' = manual entry at head office
OLDSEQNO NP 10 3 Article sequence number used at the
bottler
OLDARTNO NP 13 3 Article number used at the bottler
NATARTNO1 A 16 13 National article number for units (for
example, EAN number)
UNITS SP 29 8 Units/Subunits (in the form units.subunits)
ARTGROUP A 37 1 '1' = Manual draft of sales transactions
and article group totals
'0' = otherwise
ARTGRCODE A 38 8 Article grouping code 1-8
ARTCONVER1 NP 46 5 Article conversion factor one
ARTCONVER2 NP 51 5 Article conversion factor two
ARTCONVER3 NP 56 5 Article conversion factor three
ARTCONVER4 NP 61 5 Article conversion factor four
ARTCONVER5 NP 66 5 Article conversion factor five
ARTTYPE A 71 1 Article type
ARTSELECT A 72 1 Article selection indicator
73 2 free

CS21

CS21A1

Alternate Index
ORG. LGTH. KEY

A 74 3
This alternate index file is used by CSP120

and CSP140 to access article number
used in the bottling company. For the
physical file name in procedures and
complexes, the character 'X' is used.
K OLDARTNO NP 3 Article number as used at sender

CS21A1

CS21A2

Alternate Index 2
ORG. LGTH. KEY

A 74 6

to access articles in article number
sequence by company. For the physical
file name in procedures and complexes,
the character 'M' is used.
K COMPANY A 2 Company number

K ARTNO NP 3 Article number
K FROMINFO A 1 File origin

CS21A2

CS21A3

Alternate Index3
ORG. LGTH. KEY

A 74 3

and CSP140 to access by article number
only. For the physical file name in proce-
dures and complexes, file name 'CT21' is
used.

CS21A3

CS22
CS22 TRANSACTION
Common Information per Transaction
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 67 15

K OUTLETNO NP 3 4 Outlet number (converted number if in
head office)
K TRANSDATE NP 7 4 Transaction date (date of latest transaction
if summarized)
K GENKEY BIN 11 4 Generic key for transaction identification
K FROMINFO A 15 1 Information from where transaction is
received
'M' = manual input
DATALEVEL A 16 1 Data detail level
'L' = Stat Code level
'O' = outlet level
'T' = transaction level
MASTCODES A 17 30 Statistical master code combination for
business segments
COMPOUTLET NP 47 4 Company outlet number
NUMSTOPS NP 51 3 Number of stops
SCEDSTOPS NP 54 3 Number of scheduled stops
- Fields used for manual input: -
TRANSLOCK A 57 1 Transaction locked for update

'0' = no
'1' = yes
'2' = not locked and audit trail
'3' = locked and audit trail
DATEUPDATE NP 58 4 Date of creation or last update
WRSTNUPDATE A 62 2 Workstation ID of creation or last update
USERUPDATE A 64 2 User ID of creation or last update
66 2 free

CS22

CS22A1
CS22A1 TRANSACTION
Alternate Index 1
ORG. LGHT. KEY

A 67 30

to access the transactions via the master
codes. For the physical file name in proce-
dures and complexes, the character 'Y' is
used.
COMPANY A 2 Company number

DATALEVEL A 1 Data detail level
'O' = Outlet level
'T' = Transaction level
K MASTCODES A 30 Statistical master code combination for
business segments

CS22A1

CS22A2
CS22A2 TRANSACTION
Alternate Index 2
ORG. LGTH. KEY

A 67 4

to access the transactions sorted by outlet
number. For the physical file name in
procedures and complexes, the character
'Y' is used.
K OUTLETNO NP 4 Outlet number (converted number if in

head office)
TRANSDATE NP 4 Transaction date (date of lates transaction
if summarized)
GENKEY BIN 4 Generic key for transaction identification
FROMINFO A 1 Information from where transaction is
received
'A' = Original from sender
'M' = Manual input

CS22A2

CS22A3
CS22A3 TRANSACTION
Alternate Index 3
ORG. LGTH. KEY

A 67 5

to access the transactions sorted by
GENKEY/FROMINFO. For the physical
file name in procedures and complexes,
the character 'W' is used.

K GENKEY BIN 4 Generic key for transaction identification
K FROMINFO A 1 Information from where transaction is
received
'M' = Manual input

CS22A3

CS23
CS23 ARTICLE DETAIL

Article Records per Transaction
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 31 13

K GENKEY BIN 3 4 Generic key
received
'M' = manual input
UNITS SP 14 8 Quantity (4 decimals for subunits)
GROSS SP 22 8 Gross amount (4 additional decimals)
30 2 free

CS23

CS23A1
CS23A1 ARTICLE DETAIL

Alternate Index
ORG. LGTH. KEY

A 67 4

to access article details sorted by article/
FROMINFO. For the physical file name in
procedures and complexes, the character
'V' is used.

SEQNO NP 3 Article sequence number
K FROMINFO A 1 Information from where transaction is
received
'M' = Manual input

CS23A1

CS24
CS24 COST DETAIL

Costs on Transactions
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 25 16

For cost details on the whole outlet
transaction:
0 = SEQNO = ARTNO
K CLASS A 13 1 Cost class

K TYPE A 14 2 Cost type (type/time frame)
received
'M' = manual input
AMOUNT SP 17 8 Cost amount (4 additonal decimal places)
25 1 free

CS24

CS25
CS25 ADJUSTMENT DETAIL

Adjustments on Transactions
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 36 20

For adjustment details at outlet level:
0 = SEQNO = ARTNO
K TYPE A 13 2 Adjustment type
K ADJLIST NP 15 3 Adjustment list number (or HIGH-VALUE)
K ADJSUBLIST NP 18 2 Adjustment sublist number (or HIGH-
VALUE)
received
'M' = manual input
UNITS SP 21 8 Promoted quantity (4 decimals)
AMOUNT SP 29 8 Adjustment amount (4 additional decimals)

CS25

CS26
CS26 FREE CASE

Adjustments given as Free Cases
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 33 15

0 = outlet total
K TYPE A 13 2 Adjustment type
received
'M' = manual input
PROMUNITS SP 16 8 Promoted units
UNITS SP 24 8 Adjustment units free cases in the form
units.subunits (4 decimals)
32 2 free

CS26

CS28

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 33
A 1 1 'H' Record Status
G 2 33 Header Key
K A 2 1 Low Value - for sequencing reason

K A 3 2 Period Year
K A 5 1 Period Type
K A 6 2 Period Number
K A 8 27 free
G 35 62 Data Part
A 35 2 free
NP 37 4 Current Date (Begin)
NP 41 4 Current Date (End)
NP 45 4 Previous Date (Begin)
NP 49 4 Previous Date (End)
A 53 44 free

CS28

Data Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 33
A 1 1 reserved
2 33 Data Record Key
K A 2 1 free
K A 3 2 Period year
K A 5 1 Period type
K A 6 2 Period number
K A 8 4 Key combination of the business segment

(eventually location)
K A 12 16 Value of business segment combination

(eventually location code)
K A 28 1 Key indicator for following redefined area:

0 = total level
1 = article group
2 = single article
G 29 6 Total/Article Group/Single Article Definition
K A 29 6 1) Total level - the field is high value
K A 29 2 2) Article grouping type

K A 31 2 Article group
K A 33 2 free
K NP 29 3 3) Article sequence number

K NP 32 3 Article number

CS28

Data Record
G 35 62 Data Part
A 35 2 Sender code
NP 37 4 Current date (begin)
NP 41 4 Current date (end)
NP 45 4 Previous date (begin)
NP 49 4 Previous date (end)
NP 53 4 Number of outlets in current period
NP 57 4 Number of outlets in previous period
NP 61 4 Number of new outlets
NP 65 4 Number of indirect outlets
NP 69 4 Number of prospective outlets
NP 73 4 Number of active outlets
A 77 23 free
A 100 1 SD28 – Merge flag

1 = merged to SD28
b = not yet merged to SD28

CS28

CS49
CS49 PARALLEL PROCESSING CONTROL RECORD

Controls active evoke jobs in CS
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 128 2
K COMPANY N 1 2 Company number (multiple companies,

lowest number is noted here)
PGMCODE A 3 1 CSS50 select value
'1' = receive
'2' = confirm
'3' = show detail
'4' = cross-check
'5' = change article
'6' = change Stat Codes
'7' = delete
'8' = single print
'9' = consolidated print
PROCSTATE A 4 1 Processing status
'A' = active
'P' = passive
'T' = terminate
'W' = wait
PENRECIEVE A 5 1 Penetration data present for company
CONTRCOMP N 6 2 Company number that controls multi-
company processing
ANYRECEIVE A 8 1 Sales data present for company
USER-ID A 9 2 User identification code
WS-ID A 11 2 Workstation identification code
NUMBERUSER N 13 2 Number of active users
A 15 6 free
COMPARRAY A 21 99 Companies to be processed

DELETEMODE A 120 1 Used for 'DELETE RECEIVED' program
121 8 free

CS49

CS50-CS56
CS50 - CS56PERIODIC INPUT FILES PER COMPANY

Temporary Disk Files
Same layouts as CS20 - CS26, respectively.

CS50-CS56

CS60
CS60 ACCESS FILE FOR PRESUMMARIZE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

S 44
COMPLLC A 1 30 Low level combination (Stat Code) as used

in Company
TRANSDATE NP 31 4 Transaction date
RELKEY-SA NP 35 4 Relative key for access to SA24 transac-
tions
OUTSEL-MATCH A 39 6 Criteria of selections for this presummarize

CS60

CS61
CS61 ACCESS FILE FOR FIND FUNCTION
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 16 16
K DATALEVEL A 1 1 Data detail level

'O' = outlet or transaction level
K OUTLETNO NP 4 4 Outlet number (converted number if in
head office)
K TRANSDATE NP 8 4 Transaction date (date of latest transaction
if summarized)
K GENKEY BIN 12 4 Generic key for transaction identification
received
'M' = manual input

CS61

CS62
CS62 SCREEN MEMORY FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 1607 8
OUTPUT-DATA A 1 1500 Output data of the formats (redefined for all

formats)
INDICATOR-STRING A 1501 99 Indicators used
K KEY A 1600 8 Format identification

CS62

CS71
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 61 10

K ARTGROUP N 3 2 Article group (low values)
K ARTSEQ NP 5 3 Article sequence
LINKNO NP 11 3 Article link number
COLUMN1 SP 14 8 Value for print column 1

CS71

CS72
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 61 10
K COMPANY N 1 2 Company number

K ARTGROUP N 3 2 Article group (low values)
K ARTSEQ NP 5 3 Article sequence
LINKNO NP 11 3 Article link number

CS72

DS21

Header Record 1
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 1280 31
A 1 1 Record status 'H'
G 2 31 Key fields
K A 2 20 blank
K A 22 1 Record number '1'
K A 23 10 blank
33 1 free
A 34 1 History field indicator

blank = no history present
1 = history fields present
A 35 1 Budget field indicator

blank = no budget fields present
1 = budget fields present
A 36 15*1 Budget types
54 104 free
G 158 35*8 Pattern of DS21-fields (1-35)
A (1) 2 Statistic number

A (3) 1 Field value
A (4) 1 Adjustment class or '*' = group
A (5) 2 Adjustment type
A (7) 1 Budget type
A (8) 1 Field identifier
438 843 free

DS21

Header Record 2
G 2 1 Key fields 3
K A 2 20 blank
K A 23 10 blank
33 1 free
G 34 8*24 Current and previous periods
A (1) 1 Period type

N (2) 2 Period year
N (4) 2 Period number
NP (6) 4 Period starting date
NP (10) 4 Period ending date
N (14) 3 Total working days
N (17) 3 Running working days
A (20) 1 Period status
0 = normal
2 = new
(21) 4 free
A 226 24 New period loaded from SD
G NP 250 6*4 Processing date
N 274 1 Delay days for late location
N 275 3 Total working days for history/

budget average calculation
A 278 1 Delay day change indicator

1 = delay days increased
A 279 1 Selection change indicator

1 = File has to be reorganized according
to new period/ selection situation
280 997 free
NP 1277 4 Date of period assignment

DS21

Header record 3
G 2 1 Key fields 3
K A 2 20 Blank
K A 23 10 Blank
33 248 free
G 281 100*10 Location/proc. date table
A (1) 2 Location
NP (3) 4 Current processing date
NP (7) 4 Previous processing date

DS21

Data record
A 1 1 Record status '5'
G 2 1 Key fields 3
K A 2 4 Business segment (e.g. LMB)

K A 6 16 Business segment value
K A 22 1 Record type
0 = total non-selected
4 = business segment value total
5 = article
6 = article group
K 23 6 Article or article group
NP 23 3 Article sequence number 1)

NP 26 3 Article number 1)
1) if record type = 5
A 23 2 Group type 2)
A 25 2 Grouping number 2)
A 27 2 Blank 2)
K NP 29 4 Processing date
A 33 1 Sales identification
1 = normal sales (current & history)
2 = new sales (current only)
3 = past sales (history only)
34 3 free
A 37 8 Article grouping codes (record type 5 only)
45 112 free
G 157 4*281 Period table
A (1) 1 Period identifier

0 = period entry not used
1 = period entry used
SB (2) 35* 8 Period fields (1-35)

DS22
DS22 GRAPHIC FILE

Header Record 1
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 384 31
G 2 31 Key fields
K A 2 20 Blank
K A 23 10 Blank
33 1 free
A 34 1 History field indicator

blank = no history fields
1 = history fields present
A 35 1 Budget field indicator

blank = no budget fields
1 = budget fields present
A 36 15*1 Budget types
51 54 free
G 105 35*8 Pattern of DS21-fields (1-35)
A (1) 2 Statistic number

A (3) 1 Field value
A (4) 1 Adjustment class or '*' = group
A (5) 2 Adjustment type
A (7) 1 Budget type

DS22
DS22 GRAPHIC FILE

Data Record
G 2 31 Key fields
K A 2 4 Business segment
K A 22 1 Record type
5 = article
6 = article group
K 23 6 Article or article group

A 25 2 Grouping list number 2)
A 27 2 Blank 2)
K NP 29 4 Processing date
33 4 free
A 37 8 Article grouping codes (record type 5 only)
45 60 free
SB 105 35*8 Field table (1-35)

DS61
DS61 PRINT EXTRACT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 1024
G 1 27 Sort Key
A 1 1 Report code 'A' or 'B'

NP 2 3 Reference total count
A 5 16 Business segment value or LOW VALUE
for ref. seg.
A 21 1 Business segment-ID
0 = reference segment
1 = higher level 1
2 = higher level 2
3 = higher level 3
4 = business segment level
5 = article level
6 = article group level
NP 22 6 Rank field (only present if ranking

on a certain field is
requested by run options)
28 24 free

DS61
A 56 16 Business segment value
G 72 6 Article or article group

1) if bus. segment-ID = 5
A 74 2 Group number 2)
76 2 free 2)
2) if bus. segm.-ID = 6
78 8 free
A 86 1 Sales identification
0 = no sales available
1 = normal sales (current and
history)
2 = new sales (current only)
3 = past sales (history only)
A 87 1 Over/under performance
indicator
0 = no
1 = matching according
to selection
2 = not matching
88 53 free
G 141 4*221 Period table
A (1) 1 Period identification

0 = not selected
1 = selected and data available
2 = selected and no data found
N (2) 20*11 Period fields
The period table has 4 elements, each

containing 20 user selected fields of 11
byteseach. The 4 elements represent
values per day and up to 3 to-date values
per variable period type such as day,
month, year.

DS71
DS71 DAILY STATISTICS PRINT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 2048
8*256 Each record contains 8 segments

of 256 bytes each
Segments by segment code
A Period master data

B General master data
C Field descriptions 1
D Field descriptions 2
F Report A/B master data
G Business segment data
I Article/article group data
K Period detail data - day
L Period detail data - period 1
M Period detail data - period 2
N Period detail data - period 3

DS71

DS71.A
DS71.A PERIOD MASTER DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'A'
001 PROCDATE N 2 7 Processing date
G 9 50 Data for period 1
010 PERTYPE01 A 9 1 Period type for period 1

011 PERYEAR01 N 10 2 Fiscal year for period 1
012 PERNUMB01 N 12 2 Period number for period 1
013 PERSTART01 N 14 7 Period start date for period 1
014 PEREND01 N 21 7 Period end date for period 1
015 TODAYS01 N 28 3 Total working days for period 1
016 CURRDAYS01 N 31 3 Current working days for period 1
017 PERDESCR01 A 34 15 Description for period 1
49 10 free

99 10 free

149 10 free

DS71.A
G 159 50 Data for period 4 - History Period

199 10 free
209 48 free

DS71.B
DS71.B GENERAL MASTER DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'B'
001 GENMSG1 A 2 30 General comment 1

G 122 55 Over/under performance analysis and

ranking information
010 PAPERTYP A 122 1 Period type
123 3 free
012 PAFLDDESCR A 126 25 Field description

013 PAOPERAND A 151 2 Operand
GT = greater than
LT = less than
014 PAFLDVALUE N 153 11 Field value

015 PASLCTIND A 164 1 Selection indicator
1 = only business segments matching
OPA/UPA selection criteria
016 PARANKIND A 165 1 Ranking indicator

1 = ascending ranking
2 = descending ranking
blank = no ranking
166 11 free
G 177 20 Field indicator area
031 FLDIND01 A 177 1 Field indicator for field 1
050 FLDIND20 A 196 1 Field indicator for field 20

DS71.B
NOTE
Field indicator values:
0 =not available
1 = quantity
2 = amount
3 = percentage
4 = factor
197 60 free

DS71.C
DS71.C FIELD DESCRIPTION 1
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'C'
001 FLDDESCR01 A 2 25 Field description 1
252 5 free

DS71.C

DS71.D
DS71.D FIELD DESCRIPTION 2
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'D'
252 5 free

DS71.D

DS71.F
DS71.F REPORT A/B MASTER DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'F'
001 REPORTCD A 2 1 Report code 'A' or 'B'
G 3 98 Business segments of current report

002 RPTBUSSEG A 3 4 Business segment
003 RPTBSGDSC1 A 7 30 Business segment description 1
004 RPTBSGDSC2 A 37 15 Business segment description 2
005 RPTREFSEG A 52 4 Reference segment
006 RPTRSGDSC1 A 56 30 Reference segment description 1
007 RPTRSGDSC2 A 86 15 Reference segment description 2
008 RPTARTIND A 101 1 Article data indicator

0 = no articles or article groups selected
1 = articles or article groups selected
009 RPTBSGLVL N 102 1 Report level of business segment (1-4)

for example 1 = L...
2 = LM..
3 = LMB.
4 = LMBK
103 154 free

DS71.F

DS71.G
DS71.G BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'G'
001 SEGTYPEG A 2 1 Segment type

0 = reference segment
1 = higher level 1
2 = higher level 2
3 = higher level 3
4 = business segment total
002 SALESTYPEG A 3 1 Sales identification

1 = normal
2 = new sales only
3 = past sales only
003 OPAUPAINDG A 4 1 Over / under performance indicator

0 = no
1 = matching according to selection
2 = not matching
5 2 free
006 BUSSEG A 7 4 Business segment

007 BUSSEGDSC1 A 11 30 Business segment description 1
008 BUSSEGDSC2 A 41 15 Business segment description 2
009 SUBSEGNAM1 A 56 10 Subsegment 1 - name

010 SUBSEGVAL1 A 66 7 Subsegment 1 - value
011 SUBSEGCI1 A 73 10 Subsegment 1 - code interpretation
021 BUSSEGKEY A 164 16 Business segment key

DS71.G
022 SUBSEGOM04 N 180 1 Number of subsegment containing OM04

key account number
023 LASTLVLNAM A 181 10 Business segment last level name

024 LASTLVLVAL A 191 7 Business segment last level value
025 LASTLVLCI A 198 10 Business segment last level code interpre-
tation
208 39 free
G 247 10 Indicator area
101 GSEQIND1 A 247 1 Sequence within report A/B

102 GSEQIND2 A 248 1 Sequence within reference section
103 GSEQIND3 A 249 1 Sequence within higher level 1 section
106 GSEQIND6 A 252 1 Sequence within business segment
section
253 4 reserved
NOTE
Indicator values/meanings
0 = not first/last/only
1 = first
2 = last
3 = only (first and last)

DS71.I
DS71.I ARTICLE / ARTICLE GROUP DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'I'
001 SEGTYPEI A 2 1 Segment type

5 = article segment
6 = article group segment
002 SALESTYPEI A 3 1 Sales identification
1 = normal
2 = new sales only
3 = past sales only
003 OPAUPAINDI A 4 1 Over/under performance indicator
0 = no
1 = matching according to selection
2 = not matching
5 2 free
G 7 96 Article Data (I5 only)
011 ARTSEQNO N 7 5 Article sequence number

012 ARTICLENO N 12 4 Article number
013 ARTNAME A 16 24 Article name
014 ARTNAME2 A 40 10 Article short name
50 50 free
G 100 50 Article group data (16 only)
051 GROUPTYPE A 100 2 Group type

052 GRPTYPDESC A 102 13 Group type description
053 GROUPNUMB A 115 2 Group number
054 GROBNBDESC A 117 13 Group number description
130 20 free
150 97 free
G 247 10 Indicator area

DS71.I
201- ISEQIND1- A 247 1 see DS71.G

. . . . .
. . . . .
206 ISEQIND6 A 252 1 see DS71.G
207 ISEQIND7 A 253 1 Sequence within I5/I6 section
208 ISEQIND8 A 254 1 Sequence within I5/I6 subtotal group

255 2 reserved
NOTE
Indicator values/meanings
0 = not first/last/only
1 = first
2 = last

DS71.K
DS71.K FIELD VALUES / CURRENT DAY
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'K'
001 P0FLDQTY01 S 2 11 Field value 1 for current day

. . . . . .
. . . . . .
020 P0FLDQTY20 S 211 11 Field value 20 for current day
222 35 free
NOTE
The base definition is for quantity fields
without decimal positions.
The following sub definitions are for

amount, percentage and factor fields
according to decimal positions.
nnnA POFLDAMTnn S nnn 11 Amount field with country defined decimal

positions
nnnB POLFLDPCTnn S nnn 11 Percentage field with 3 decimal positions
nnnC POFLDFCTnn S nnn 11 Factor (constant) field with 2 decimal

positions
NOTE
Use the corresponding field definition
according to the field indicator (type)
stored in component DS71.B to allow
correct EDIT, ROUND and FLDATTR
handling in the print lists.

DS71.K

DS71.L
DS71.L FIELD VALUES / PERIOD 1
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'L'
001 P1FLDQTY01 S 2 11 Field value 1 for period 1

. . . . . .
. . . . . .
222 35 free
NOTE

nnnA P1FLDAMTnn S nnn 11 Amount field with country defined decimal

positions
nnnB P1LFLDPCTnn S nnn 11 Percentage field with 3 decimal positions
nnnC P1FLDFCTnn S nnn 11 Factor (constant) field with 2 decimal

positions
NOTE

DS71.L

DS71.M
DS71.M FIELD VALUES / PERIOD 2
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'M'

. . . . . .
. . . . . .
222 35 free
NOTE


positions

positions
NOTE

DS71.M

DS71.N
DS71.N FIELD VALUES / PERIOD 3
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
A 1 1 Segment code 'N'

. . . . . .
. . . . . .
222 35 free
NOTE


positions

positions
NOTE

DS71.N

DS81
DS81 USER CALCULATION FIELDS
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
001 AMOUNT01 S 1 11 User amount 01

. . . . . .
. . . . . .
020 AMOUNT20 S 210 11 User amount 20

DS81

DS91
DS91 DYNAMIC BUSINESS SEGMENT COMMENTS
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 256
001 DYNCOMM1 S 1 60 Dynamic comment 1


DS91

DS92
DS92 KEY ACCOUNT NAME AND ADDRESS FOR DS
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
001 KEYACC N 1 5 Key account number

002 KADDRESS1 A 6 30 Key account address 1
126 3 free

DS92

EC35

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 640
A 1 1 Status 'H'
N 2 6 Next free record
8 3 free
N 11 4 Version number
NP 15 4 Date of last safety copy
NP 19 4 Date of next to last safety copy
23 618 free

EC35

Data Record

A 2 3 Control code 'EC5'
A 5 5 Component name
NP 10 4 Entry date
NP 14 4 Entry time HH/MM/SS
A 18 2 User-ID
A 20 2 WS-ID
A 22 4 Field number
001 = new price list
002 = duplicated price list
003 = new version of price list
004 = deleted price list
006 = maintained price list
A 26 1 Processing indicator
2 = file not yet updated
5 = file updated
A 27 1 Cross check indicator
0 = not cross checked
1 = cross checked
A 28 1 Print status indicator
0 = audit trail not yet printed
1 = audit trail printed
A 29 1 free (used when record on AM55)
NP 30 3 Report number
A 33 21 Reference key of
1) record duplicated (field no. 002)
2) old version (field no. 003)
NP 54 4 From-date of old version (field no. 003)
G 58 4*12 Error flags
NP 2 Index
A 10 Additional information
A 106 22 free
A 128 1 User field
A 129 512 Image of record maintained

FP82
FP82 FREE MESSAGE COMPONENT FOR FP PRINT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

70
This is the 70 bytes coming from the run

option screen. The first byte is the mes-
sage type. The type may be used in the
control list to specify which data dictionary
fields to use.
G 1 70 One free message line from run option
301 TEXT1 A 1 30 Text


FP82

IN71
IN71 DELIVERY DOCUMENT PRINT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 2048 N/A
16 Each record contains 16 segments of

*128 128 bytes each.
Segments by segment code:
A - Document header
B - Order Entry messages
C - Outlet Master messages
D - Location heading
G- Article data
I - Adjustment data
L - Tax data
M- Outlet Charging rental data
N - Outlet Charging rental sales
adjustment data
O - Outlet Charging tax data
T - Totals
Y - Special messages
Z - General messages

IN71

IN71.A
IN71.A DOCUMENT HEADER - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
Always first segment of a document
A 1 1 Segment code ‘A’
41 DELDOCNO A 2 11 Document number
42 OUTLET N 13 7 Outlet number
43 ORDERDATE N 20 7 Order date

BILLTONO N 27 7 Bill-to outlet number
45 PRICELIST N 34 3 Price list number

46 PRCDATE N 37 7 Pricing date
47 G LOADNO A 44 5 Load number
47A STRINGNO A 44 3 String number

47B RESSETNO N 47 2 Resource set number
49 EMPTSPLT A 49 1 Empty split code

50 INDELTRANS A 50 3 Delivery transaction code
50A INTRANSTYP A 50 1 Transaction type
50B INDOCTYPE A 51 1 Document type
50C INPAYTYPE A 52 1 Payment type
53 SLSMANNO A 53 4 Advance salesman
54 DELLOC A 57 2 Delivery location
55 G FIXTIME A 59 5 Fixed time fields
55A FIXTIME1 A 59 1 Fixed time 1

55B FIXTIME2 A 60 4 Fixed time 2
56 CALLTIME N 64 4 Tel-sell calling time
57 CALLTYP A 68 2 Calling type
58 CALLRTE A 70 3 Calling route
59 DRIVERNO A 73 4 Driver number
60 USAGE A 77 2 Usage code
62 CUBEDEL N 79 5 Cube volume (delivered)

63 WEIGHTDEL N 84 5 Weight (delivered)
64 CUBERET N 89 5 Cube (returned)

IN71.A
65 WEIGHTRET N 94 5 Weight (returned)
66 SPLITIN A 99 1 Document indicator

0 = normal
1 = product only
2 = empty only
3 = extra blank
4 = deleted in immediate IN
67 SALESROUTE A 100 3 Sales route
68 REFDOCNO A 103 11 Reference document number (Only

present for Post IN)
69 INVCREDIND A 114 1 Invoice/credit note indicator

0 = invoice
1 = credit note
70 INDELDATE N 115 7 Delivery date
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 Second language indicator

b = no
1 = yes
125 2 not used
A 127 1 Document sequence within load

0 = not first or last
1 = first
2 = last
3 = only
A 128 1 Segment sequence in header data section

always a 1 = first

IN71.B
IN71.B OE MESSAGES - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
Always second segment of a document
A 1 1 Segment code ‘B’
80 OEMSG1 A 2 30 OE message 1
81 OEMSG2 A 32 30 OE message 2
82 DSEG1 A 62 11 * OE ‘D’ segments requested by

83 DSEG2 A 73 11 * installation option:
84 DSEG3 A 84 11 * ‘PRTOPT’ positions 40-51
10 character code interpretation of:

85 CITRANSTYP A 95 10 Field 50A - transaction type
86 CIDOCTYPE A 105 10 Field 50B - document type
87 CIPAYTYPE A 115 10 Field 50C - payment type
G 125 4 Indicators
125 3 not used

0 = not last
2 = last

IN71.B

IN71.C
IN71.C OM MESSAGES - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘C’
90 MSG1 A 2 30 OM message 1
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
124 4 not used

0 = not last
2 = last

IN71.C

IN71.D
IN71.D LOCATION HEADING - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘D’
HEADING1 A 2 30 Line 1 of outlet location heading (line 5 if

second segment)
HEADING2 A 32 30 Line 2 (line 6 if second segment)
HEADING3 A 62 30 Line 3
HEADING4 A 92 30 Line 4
For second record, only the first two fields

are used for the fifth and sixth lines
respectively.
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
124 3 not used
A 127 1 ‘D’ segment sequence

1 = first
2 = second

0 = not last
2 = last

IN71.D

IN71.G
IN71.G ARTICLE DATA - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘G’
A 2 1 Segment type
1 = non-empty
2 = empty
3 = return/inventory empty
4 = empty previous delivery

103 PRICE S 12 7 Price list price
104 MANPRCIND A 19 1 Manual price indicator (type 1/2/4) or

Empty indicator (type 3)
‘b’ = inventory empty only
‘1’ = inventory and/or return empty
105 RETPRICE S 20 7 Retail price (type 1)
106 QTYUNITS S 27 Units (type 1/2/4)
107 QTYSUBUNIT S 32 5 Subunits (type 1)
108 QTYIMPLY S 37 5 Units implied (type 2/4)
109 ARTGROSS S 42 9 Gross amount (type 1/2/4)

110 AMTUNITS S 51 9 Units amount (type 1/2/4)
111 AMTSUBUNIT S 60 9 Subunits amount (type 1)
112 AMTIMPLY S 69 9 Implied empty amount (type 1/2/4)
113 IMPLPRUNIT S 78 7 Implied empty unit price

114 IMPLPRSUBU S 85 7 Implied empty subunit price
115 INVENTORY S 92 9 Inventory quantity (type 2/3)
116 PREVDELDAT N 101 7 Inventory delivery date (type 3) or previous

delivery date (type 4)
117 PREVDOCNO A 108 11 Previous document number (type 4)
118 ARTICLETYP A 119 1 Article type

IN71.G
119 CMPIND A 120 1 Component indicator

‘b’ = normal G-segment for delivered/
returned articles
‘1’ = empty components (only present if
OM01 print option 34 is set)
121 1 free
G A 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 1) Type 1 only

Last segment of non-empty/ adjustment
sections as a group
0 = no
1 = yes
2) Type 4
Segment sequence within previous
delivery date/document number
0 = not first, last or only
1 = first
2 = last
3 = only
A 125 1 Segment sequence within article sequence

number subtotal group.
1 = first
2 = last
3 = only
A 126 1 Last segment for the article For type 1:

0 = no
1 = yes
For types 2 and 3: not used

IN71.G
A 127 1 ‘G’ segment sequence within the article

sequence number subtotal group.
1 = first
2 = last
A 128 1 Segment sequence in data section within

G1/G2/G3/G4
1 = first
2 = last
Note
Fields 113 and 114 are only present for
type 1 if implied empty price pointers are
set on OINPRTOPT option. If this is true,
field 112 will contain the calculated implied
empty amount for this article.

IN71.G

IN71.I
IN71.I ADJUSTMENT DATA - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘I’

A 2 1 Segment type
1 = by article
2 = in total
3 = recap
121 ADJSEQNO N 3 3 Adjustment sequence number

122 ADJLIST N 6 4 Adjustment list number
123 ADJTAXCOD1 A 10 1 *
124 ADJTAXCOD2 A 11 1 * Article tax code
125 ADJTAXCOD3 A 12 1 * from AM01
126 ADJTAXCOD4 A 13 1 * (only for segment type 2)
128 ADJIND A 15 1 Adjustment indicator (type 1 and 2 only)
129 G ADJRATE S 16 7 Adjustment rate (type 1 and 2 only)
129A ADJRATE1 S 16 7.3 Used with indicator = 1. Value is a

percentage with 3 decimals.
129B ADJRATE2 S 16 7.1 Used with indicator = 2. Value is an
amount.
129C ADJRATE3 S 16 7.0 Used with indicator = 3. Value is an
amount.
129D ADJRATE4 S 16 7.0 Used with indicator = 4. Value is the total
number of free cases (negative value for
delivered cases)
129E ADJRATE5 S 16 7.1 Used with indicator = 5. Value is an
amount
129G ADJRATE7 S 16 7.0 Used with indicator = 7. Value is an
amount
130 G ADJBASE S 23 9 Adjustment base (types 1 and 2 only)
130A ADJBASE1 S 23 9.0 Used with indicator = 1. Value is an

amount.
130B ADJBASE2 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 2. Value is a quantity
with 3 decimal positions. Decimal value is
the subunit quantity expressed in decimal
terms (12 of 24 = .500)
130C ADJBASE3 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 3. Value is a quantity
(same style as ADJBASE2)

IN71.I
130D ADJBASE4 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 4. Value is a

quantity.
130E ADJBASE5 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 5. Value is a
converted quantity (same style as
ADJBASE2)
130G ADJBASE7 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 7. Value is a quantity
131 ADJAMT S 32 9 Adjustment amount (without the 4 extra

decimals)
A 41 1 Non print indicator for net price

adjustments as requested via OM01 print
option 9
42 1 free
G 43 79 AM87 Data positions 1-79
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 Last segment of the non-empty/

adjustment sections as a group
0 = no
1 = yes

number subtotal group (type 1 only)
1 = (not possible)
2 = last
3 = (not possible)
A 126 1 Last segment for the article.

for type 1:
0 = no
1 = yes
for types 2 and 3: not used
127 1 not used
A 128 1 Segment sequence in data section

1 = first (type 2 and 3 only)
2 = last
3 = only (type 2 and 3 only)

IN71.L
IN71.L TAX DATA - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘L’ minimum one for a

document
140 TAXTYPE09 A 2 1 Tax type 1-5

141 TAXCLASS A 3 1 Outlet tax class
142 TAXCODE A 4 1 Article tax code
143 TAXBASE S 5 9 Taxable amount (base)

144 TAXAMT S 14 9 Tax amount
Field from AM09
145 TAXNAME A 23 24 Tax name

146 TAXRATE N 47 5 Tax rate (XXX.XX%)
147 TAXBASEIND A 52 1 Tax base indicator
1 = on price list price
2 = on retail price
148 TAXPERUNIT S 53 9 Tax amount per unit
62 60 free
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 Dummy tax segment

0 = no
1 = yes
125 3 not used
A 128 1 Segment sequence in tax data section

1 = first
2 = last
3 = only

IN71.L

IN71.M
IN71.M OUTLET CHARGING RENTAL DATA - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘M’
Per rent transaction

200 RNTDOCNUM A 2 11 Document number
201 RNTDELDAT NP 13 7 Delivery data
202 RNTARTAMT SP 17 7 Rent article amount
205 RNTSOCAMT SP 21 7 Special adjustment article amount
205 RNTRFDAMT SP 25 7 Refund article amount
206 RNTTOTCLC SP 29 9 Total amount for document (TOAC)

207 RNTTOTTAX SP 34 9 Total tax for document (TOAT)
208 RNTCTCNUM A 39 10 Contract number

209 RNTPRTOPT A 49 3 Contract print option 1
210 RNTAGRDCR A 52 30 Agreement type description -long
211 RNTAGRDCS A 82 15 Agreement type description - short
Running totals for all rent transactions

212 RNTRUNART SP 97 9 Rent article amounts
213 RNTRUNSPC SP 102 9 Special adjustment article amounts
214 RNTRUNRFD SP 107 9 Refund article amounts
215 RNTRUNCLC SP 112 9 Total document amounts (TOAC)
216 RNTRUNTAX SP 97 9 Total tax amounts (TOAT)
G 122 7 Indicators
122 6 free
128 1 Rent transaction sequence within rent

transaction batch for parent product
transaction
0 = not first, last, or only
1 = first rent transaction
2 = last rent transaction
3 = only rent transaction

IN71.M

IN71.N
IN71.N OUTLET CHARGING RENTAL SALES ADJUSTMENT DATA -

Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘N’
Per rent transaction

250 RNTADJDCR A 2 24 Adjustment list description
251 RNTADJAMT SP 26 7 Sales adjustment article amount
Running totals for all rent transactions

252 RNTRUNADJ SP 30 9 Sales adjustment article amounts
35 87 free
G 122 7 Indicators
122 6 free
128 1 Segment sequence within current rent

transaction sales adjustment data section
1 = first adjustment on rent
2 = last adjustment on rent
3 = only adjustment on rent

IN71.N

IN71.O
IN71.O OUTLET CHARGING TAX DATA - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘O’
Per tax type, per rent transaction

270 RNTTAXTYP A 2 1 Tax type 1 - 5
271 RNTTAXCLS A 3 1 Outlet tax class
272 RNTTAXCOD A 4 1 Article tax code
273 RNTTAXBAS S 5 9 Taxable amount (base)
274 RNTTAXAMT S 14 9 Tax amount
Field from AM09

275 RNTTAXNAM A 23 24 Tax name
276 RNTTAXRAT S 47 5 Tax rate (nnn.nn%)
277 RNTTAXIND A 52 1 Tax base indicator
2 = on retail price
278 RNTTAXUNT S 53 9 Tax amount per unit
62 45 Running totals for all rent transactions

279 RNTRUNTAX1 S 62 9 Tax1 amount
107 15 free
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
124 1 Dummy tax segment

0 = no
1 = yes
125 3 not used
128 1 Segment sequence in tax data section

1 = first tax segment
2 = last tax segment
3 = only tax segment

IN71.O

IN71.T
IN71.T TOTALS - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘T’
160 NETAMT S 2 9 Net amount

161 TOTGROSS S 11 9 Total non-empty gross amount
162 TOTADJ S 20 9 Total adjustment amount
163 TOTEMPTY S 29 9 Total empty amount
164 TOTTAX S 38 9 Total tax amount
165 TOTUNITS S 47 5 Total product units (article type 1)

166 TOTSUBUNITS S 52 5 Total product subunits (article type 1)
167 TOTEMTUNTS S 57 5 Total empty units (article type 5/6)
168 BOLLOAMT S 62 9 ‘BOLLO’ amount

169 BOLLOIND A 71 1 ‘BOLLO’ indicator
1 = BOLLO present
170 TOTIMPLEMP S 72 9 Total amount implied empties

171 TOTDELEMP S 81 9 Total amount delivered empties
172 TOTRETEMP S 90 9 Total amount returned empties
173 TOTRETAIL S 99 9 Total retail amount
174 TOTNONPROD S 108 5 Total non-product units (article type 3)
113 9 free
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
124 3 not used
A 127 1 Last segment of document segment

sequence in header data section
0 = no
1 = yes
A 128 1 If segment is in the header data section

value = 2, otherwise = 0

IN71.T

IN71.Y
IN71.Y SPECIAL MESSAGES - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘Y’

21 SPCLMSG1 A 2 30 Special message 1
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
124 5 not used

IN71.Y

IN71.Z
IN71.Z GENERAL MESSAGES - Segment Layout
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128 N/A
A 1 1 Segment code ‘Z’
11 COMMSGCOD1 A 2 2 Message code

12 COMMSG1 A 4 30 Message text (OM05)

14 COMMSG2 A 36 30 Message text

98 24 free
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 Are any segments present in the file with a

segment code = 3?
0 = no
1 = yes
125 4 not used

IN71.Z

KA55
KA55 PRINT FILE

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 512
401 RECORDID A 1 1 Record status 'H'

402- G 3 56 Dates of the four periods

409
(4*14) present
FRDATE# N 7 Beginning date

TO-DATE# N 7 Ending date
410- G 59 336 Selected fields

437 (14*24)
FLDNO# A 4 Field number of the selected

field
DESCR# A 20 Description of the selected field (fields for
period 3 & 4 are identical)
A 395 1 free
A 396 1 Budget type

A 397 10 Budget description
A 406 106 free

KA55
KA55 PRINT FILE

Data Record
441 RECORDID A 1 1 Record status

442 KEYCMBTYPE A 3 6 Type of the business segment (incl.

selection sign for article or article group)
443- G CMBKEY# 9 42 Business segment values

448 (6*7)
A 7 Values of the selected business segments
449- G SDESCR# 51 84 Descriptions

454 (6*14)
A 14 Short descriptions of the business seg-
ments
455- G KA/TG-IND# 135 6 Key account and trading group

460 (6*1) indication
N 1 1 = key account
2 = trading group
461- G INTERPR# 141 60 Code interpretation

466 (6*10)
A 10 Interpretation of business segment values
from XI01

KA55
467- G 201 112 First (current) and second

494 (14*8) (reference) period
P1VALUE# SP 7 Value of the selected field

P1EDIT# N 1 Edit indicator for print list
1 = quantity
2 = amount
3 = percentage
495- G 313 112 Third (current) and fourth

522 (14*8) (reference) period
P2VALUE# SP 7 Value of the selected field

P2EDIT# N 1 Edit indicator for print list
523- G 425 6 Page skip indicators

528 (6*1)
A 1 Page skip indicator
A 431 82 free
ATTENTION
The sixth element in all tables is not
currently supported!

KA55

KA60
KA60 KA WORKFILE FOR TABLE OVERFLOW
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 173 8
K A 1 4 Table name or overflowed table in KAP100

= TM
K N 5 4 Record number
G 9 165 Table element
A 9 2 Article group code

A 11 15 Article group description
A 26 96 Grouping list - 1
A 122 52 Calculation field per period
(13*4)
NOTE
This file is used as overflow workfile for
article group overview screen in KAP100.

KA60

MA50
MA50 PRINT FILE

Header Record
ORG. LGTH. KEY

S 256
RECORDID A 1 1 Record status 'H'

RESCODE A 2 1 Reservation code
G 3 48 Dates of the four periods

(4*12) present
STARTDATE N 6 Beginning date

ENDDATE N 6 Ending date
G 51 56 Selected fields
(14*4)
FLDNO## A 4 Field number of the selected field
A 107 1 Budget type

A 108 10 Budget description
A 118 139 Filler

MA50

MA60
MA60 MA WORKFILE FOR TABLE OVERFLOW
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 173 8
K A 1 4 Table name of overflowed table in

MAP100 = TM
K N 5 4 Record number
G 9 165 Table element
A 9 2 Article group code

A 11 15 Article group description
A 26 96 Grouping list - 1
A 122 52 Calculation field per period
(13*4)
NOTE
This file is used as over flow workfile for
article group overview screen in MAP100.

MA60

OE25

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 128 18

K 2 18 Record key
K A 2 17 blank
K A 19 1 Record number (1-3)
G 20 8 Data in file
(only on first record)
NP 20 4 From date
NP 24 4 To date
NP 28 4 Last reorganization date
(only on first record)
G 32 91 Article grouping lists
A 7*13 Article grouping list
A 123 6 free
NOTE
A maximum of 20 grouping lists is possi-
ble.

OE25

Total Record
RECSTAT A 1 1 Record Status

T = Total record
K A 2 18 Record key
K A 2 2 Calling type
K A 4 4 Salesman number
K A 8 3 Calling route
K NP 11 4 Calling date
K A 15 5 blank
G 20 0 Number of orders 2
N 20 5 Number of productive calls (excluding

call-ins)
N 25 5 Number of call-ins
N 30 5 Number of call backs on another day
N 35 5 Number of unproductive calls
G 40 0 8 group
Total quantities per article
NP 20*4 Quantity
A 120 1 free
G 121 8 Last update
NP 121 4 Date of last update

NP 125 4 Time of last update

OE25

Outlet Record
A 1 1 Record status
b = exception record
K A 2 18 Record key
K A 2 2 Calling type
K A 4 4 Salesman number
K A 8 3 Calling route
K NP 11 4 Calling date
K NP 15 4 Outlet number
K A 19 1 Calling exception indicator
1 = call in
2 = call back on a different day
3 = unproductive call
NP 20 3 Calling time
A 23 30 Unproductive reason
or
Call back information
A 53 68 free
G 121 8 Last update
NP 121 4 Date of last update

NP 125 4 Time of last update

OE25

OE60
OE60 USER OE FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

Seq. 640 N/A
This file stores order data in external format and is used by the Order Entry application to load orders into
the transaction database for the following purposes:
• Receive orders from hand-held terminals (HHT)

• Receive orders via electronic data interchange (EDI)
• Receive orders from old OE21 Order file at implementation time of Release 40 or any higher
release
ORDDAT N 1 6 Order date (format YYMMDD)

SALMANNUM A 7 4 Salesman number
CALRTE A 11 3 Calling route
OUTNUM N 14 8 Outlet number (including check digit)
CALIND A 22 1 Calling exception indicator
b = no exception
3 = unproductive (element area has to be
blank but one message may be
present)
5 = erroneous order (used only by EDI-
OE)
RECNUM N 23 1 Record number within one order (1-9
without gaps)
DRINUM A 24 4 Driver number
DELRTE A 28 5 Load number
CALLOC A 33 2 Calling location
35 2 free
MBXNUM A 37 11 Mailbox number

(used only for EDI-OE)
TRASEQNUM A 48 7 Transaction sequence number
(used only for EDI-OE)
DELDAT SP 55 4 Delivery date
(for implementation link only)
CALTYP A 59 2 Calling type
(for implementation link only)

OE60
G 61 288 Element Area

See field ELEARADDC in the OOE-
DTAHHT option.
Article number = right-adjusted with at

least one leading blank.
Article quantity = right-adjusted. Units
and subunits are
separated by the
decimal sign. Negative
sign to the right.
Data identifier = right adjusted, external
format, with leading
blanks.
Data field = right-adjusted.
If two values are to be entered for an

identifier, these values must not be
separated.
Three variations of this element area are
possible.
G A 61 18*16 Element Area (normal 5/11)

IDF A 5 Article number or data identifier
DTA A 11 Quantity or data identifier value
A maximum of 144 elements within one
order is possible.
G 61 12*23 Element Area (extended 9/14)


order is possible.
337 12 free
G 61 8*34 Element Area (extended 14/20)


order is possible.
332 16 free
VE1NUM A 349 5 Vehicle 1 number
354 27 free

OE60
G 381 120 Order messages
MSG1 A 381 30 Delivery driver part 1

(for unproductive order, used as
unproductive reason part 1)
MSG2 A 411 30 Delivery driver part 2
(for unproductive order, used as
unproductive reason part 2)
MSG3 A 441 30 Dispatcher part 1
MSG4 A 471 30 Dispatcher part 2
501 12 free
G 513 120 Electronic Notebook Messages
MSG5 A 513 30 Message text part 1

633 8 free

OE60

OS02

Version Header 1
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11
G 11 1
Version/Option Key
K SP 1 3 Version Number (00000-99999)

K A 4 1 Record Type
b = Version header
K A 5 2 Dimension
b = Version header
K A 7 1 Subrecord Identification
b = Version header
K A 8 1 Selection Identification
b = Version header
K SP 9 2 Option sequence number within informa-

tion block
b = Version header
K A 11 1 Last record of logical option block indicator

b = Version header
G 12 5 Option Values 8
A 12 5 Owner/User ID (security use)

A 17 1 OS output type
1 = SMART report
3 = PC file
A 18 1 Definition status
b = all required definitions completed
A 19 3 PC file name
N 22 2 Number of detail columns
N 24 2 Number of total columns
A 26 5 Default period
b = if periods defined either for row
or column
SP 31 4 Creation date of version

SP 35 4 Last update date

OS02
A 39 1 Paper width
b or 1 = 132
2 = 198
SP 40 3 Version number
A 43 35 Version description
A 78 5 Selections for horizontal, vertical 1 - 4
1 = periods
2 = business segments
3 = outlets
4 = article groups
5 = articles
6 = fields
7 = business segments followed by
outlets
8 = all outlets
9 = Equipment groups
A = Sales Data Base fields with periods
A 83 1 Predecessor Tracking
b = without predecessor tracking
1 = with predecessor tracking
A 84 1 Outlet sequence
b = outlet numbers ascending
1 = main search field ascending
A 85 1 Conversion factor for detail columns

A 86 1 Conversion factor for total columns
A 87 1 Detail/total print
b = details and totals printed
1 = only totals printed
A 88 1 Skip indicator: position where skip is

defined
1-4 = vertical 1 to 4
5 = in sort
6 = MD-print/page
b = no skip
A 89 1 All-article indicator
b = normal
1 = print all articles of article group
A 90 2 Number of copies to be printed

A 92 2 Printer name
A 94 1 PC-file indicator
1 = only printed report
2 = printed report and PC file
3 = only PC file

OS02
A 95 1 Access flag
1 = keep access file
2 = overwrite existing access file
3 = delete existing access file
9 = use existing access file
A 96 1 Outlet position
1 - 4 = vertical dimension where outlets
are defined

OS02

Version Header 2
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11
G 1 11 Version/Option Key

K A 4 1 Record Type
b = Version Header 2
K A 5 2 Dimension
K SP 9 2 Option sequence number within

information block
01 = Version Header 2

G 12 85 Option Values
A 12 35 Version description 2
A 47 35 Version description 3
N 82 5 Critical number of outlets
A 87 1 Process file SA24 indicator
b = no SA24
1 = SA24 file input for periods on
horizontal
2 = SA24 file input for periods on vertical
3 = SA24 file input for periods on default
A 88 4 Promotion ID
A 92 1 OM08 Update Indicator
b = no update
1 = update of OM08
A 93 1 Ranking level
A 94 1 Control printing indicator
b = print only outlets with sales
1 = print all outets
N 95 2 Accumulative ranking column; physical
position (01—13)

OS02

Version Header 3
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
K A 5 2 Dimension

information block
02 = Version Header 3

A 12 1 Equipment Control indicator

b = no EC
1 = EC
A 13 1 Campaign-mixed article analysis
b = no campaign/mixed article analysis
1 = with campaign/mixed article analysis
A 14 5 User ID for the last changes.

A 19 1 Article Detail printed at grand/sort total
1 = Article detail printed at grand/sort
total
b = Article detail not printed at grand/sort
total
20 1 External DDS file indicator.
21 76 free

OS02

Horizontal Definition: Detail
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
1= horizontal definitions
K A 5 2 Dimension (vertical 01 - 04)

(horizontal 01 - 13)
01 - 13 according to defined horizontal
column
1 = detail definitions
K A 8 1 Selection identification
1 = periods applied
2 = business segments
3 = single outlets
4 = article groups
5 = single articles
6 = Sales Data Base fields
A = Sales Data Base fields with periods

tion block
b for horizontal details
K A 11 1 Last reocrd of logical option block indicator

L = last record of horizontal detail
A 12 1 Free
G 13 32 Access Key
PERIODS
A 13 1 Budget type
b if no budget
A 14 26 free

OS02
A 40 5 Period
YYT* = all periods for the selected type
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
A 13 4 Business segment type

A 17 21
(3*7) Business segment value
A 38 7 Column key
SINGLE OUTLETS
A 13 25 free
A 38 7 Outlet number
*ALL = all outlets (according to selection
definitions
ARTICLE GROUPS
A 13 28 free
A 41 2 Article grouping type

A 43 2 Article group
SINGLE ARTICLES
A 13 28 free
A 41 4 Article number
SALES DATA BASE FIELDS
A 13 23 free
A 36 1 Budget type for special fields
A 37 1 free
A 38 7 Field code
EQUIPMENT GROUPS
A 13 21 free
A 34 4 Field in EC02 (185—194)

A 38 7 Value of the code

OS02
SALES DATA BASE FIELDS WITH

PERIODS
A 13 5 Period for the column
A 18 18 free
A 36 1 Budget type for the specified Sales Data

field
A 37 1 free
A 38 7 Field code
A 45 14 Column name 1
A 59 14 Column name 1
A 74 23 free

OS02

Horizontal Definition: Formula
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
1 = horizontal definitions
K A 5 2 Dimension (vertical 01-04)

(horizontal 01-13)
01- 13 according to column number
K A 7 1 Record Type
2 = formula definition
b for total column

information block
01 - nn sequence within formula

b = not last record within formula
L = last record of formula
G 12 1 Print/Calulate
b = print and calculate

1 = calculate only
A 13 1 Operands
+, -, *, /, %
A 14 1 Formula part identification

1 = column
2 = key
3 = constant

OS02
A 15 9 Formula part
*Xnn = subtotal
aaaaaaaaa = key
nnnnnn.nn = constant
A 24 73 free

OS02

Vertical Definition: Detail
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11
K N 1 3 Version Number (00000-99999)

K A 4 1 Record Type
2 = vertical
K A 5 2 Dimension(vertical 01-04)
(horizontal 01- 13)
01-04 according to defined vertical
dimension
1 = detail definition
1 = periods applied
2 = outlet groups/business segments
3 = single outlets
4 = article groups
5 = single articles
6 = Sales Data Base fields

tion block
01 - 96 according to number of selections
for current level

b = not last record within block
L = last record of option block
G 12 33 Access Key
PERIODS
A 12 28 free
A 40 5 period
YYT* = all periods for the selected type

OS02
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
A 12 1 free
A 13 4 business segment type

A 17 21 business segment value
(3*7)
A 38 7 vertical key
SINGLE OUTLETS
A 12 26 free
N 38 7 outlet number
*ALL = all outlets (according to selection
definitions)
ARTICLE GROUPS
A 12 1 Detail indicator
> = all articles within article group
b = only article group figures
A 13 28 free
A 41 2 article grouping type

A 43 2 article group
SINGLE ARTICLES
A 12 29 free
A 41 4 article number
SALES DATA BASE FIELDS
A 12 24 free
A 36 1 budget type for special fields
A 37 1 free
A 38 7 field code
EQUIPMENT GROUPS
A 12 18 free
A 30 1 Sequence number (1—4)

A 31 1 Total flag
A 32 1 Skip flag

OS02
A 33 4 Field number in EC02 (185–194)

A 37 7 Value of the code or *ALL
SUBTOTAL POSITION DEFINITION
A 12 30 free
A 42 3 (*Sn) *S1 - *S9
A 45 14 Selection name 1
A 59 14 Selection name 2
A 73 1 Skip indicator
A 74 1 Total indicator
A 75 6 "From" date (for PT)
A 81 6 "To" date (for PT)
A 87 3 Number of days (for PT)
A 90 7 free

OS02

Vertical Definition: Subtotal
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11
K N 1 3 Version Number (00000-99999)

K A 4 1 Record Type
2 = vertical

(horizontal 01-13)
01 - 04 according to defined vertical
dimension
2 = subtotal definition
1 - 9 according to number of subtotal

tion block
01 - nn sequence within formula

b = not last record within formula
L = last record of formula
A 12 1 Print/Calculate
b = print and calculate
1 = calculate only
A 12 1 Operands
b = first part of formula
+, -, *, /, % = all following parts
A 14 1 Formula part identification

1 = subtotal
2 = key
3 = constant

OS02
A 15 9 Formula part
*Sn = subtotal
aaaaaaaaa = key, left-adjusted
nnnnnn.nn = constant, right adjusted
A 24 15 Name
A 39 58 free

OS02

Reference Total: Information
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
3 = reference total

(horizontal 01-13)
01 - 09 logical column number
1 = information
b for reference total

tion block
b for reference total header

L = last record of reference total header
G 12 2 Column Number number of physical

column
A 14 1 Type of total
3 = percentage
2 = share of growth
1 = total
A 15 14 Total column name 1

A 29 14 Total column name 2
A 43 54 free

OS02

Reference Total: Columns
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11
K A 4 1 Record Type
3 = reference total

(horizontal 01-13)
01 - 09 logical total column number
2 = column definition

tion block
b for reference total column record

L = last record of reference total
columns
G 12 36 Column Table
A 1 arithmetic sign (+, -)

A 24 column number
(12*2)
A 48 49 free

OS02

Reference Total: References
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11
G 1 1 Version/Option Key 1

K A 4 1 Record Type
3 = reference total

(horizontal 01-13)
01 - 12 logical total column number
3 = references for totals
4 = references for fields

tion block
01- nn sequence number within defini-
tion

b = not last record within definition
L = last record of definition
A 12 1 Vertical row
A 13 7 Identification
nnnnnnn = key
*SAME = reference to itself
*ALL = all selected
*TOTAL= total of all
A 20 28 Values for business segments

(4*7)
A 48 49 free

OS02

Selections: Current Master Codes
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
4 = selections

(horizontal 01-13)
b for selection option records
1 = current master codes
b for selection

tion block
01 - nn sequence number within definition

A 12 1 And/or
b = new condition starting
1 = or
2 = and
A 13 4 File
aaaa = file name
A 17 4 Field
aaaa = field number
A 21 2 Relational Operator
EQ = equal
NE = not equal
LT = less than

OS02
GT = greater than
LE = less than/equal to
GE = greater than/equal to
A 23 43 Comparison parameters
N 66 2 Field length from Data Dictionary
N 68 4 Starting position from Data Dictionary
A 72 1 Field format from Data Dictionary
A 73 1 Field type from Data Dictionary
A 74 23 free

OS02

Selections: Historical Master Codes
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 6 911

K A 4 1 Record Type
4 = selections

(horizontal 01-13)
b for selection option records
2 = historical master codes
b for selection

information block

A 12 1 And/or
1 = or
2 = and
A 13 7 Field
letter of OXX-KEYCMB, right adjusted
A 20 1 free
A 21 2 Relational Operator
EQ= equal

OS02
NE = not equal
LT = less than
GT = greater than
LE = less than/equal to
GE = greater than/equal to
A 23 43 Comparison parameters
A 66 2 Field length from Data Dictionary
A 68 6 free
A 74 5 Period
A 81 16 free

OS02

Selections: Sales Volume
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
4 = selections

(horizontal 01-13)
01 - 04 according to vertical row (only
if outlets and more than one
business segment have been
selected on vertical, otherwise b
3 = sales volume
b for selection

tion block
01 - nn sequence number within defini-
tion

A 12 5 Period 1
A 17 5 Period 2
A 22 1 And/or 1
1 = or
2 = and
A 23 1 Article indicator
1 = article number selected
2 = article group selected
A 24 4 Article/Article group

OS02
A 28 7 Sales Data Base field

A 35 13 Comp.Factor/From Range 1
A 48 13 Value/To Range 1
A 61 1 And/or 2
1 = or
2 = and
A 62 13 Comp.Factor/From Range 2
A 75 13 Value/To Range 2
A 88 9 free

OS02

Master Data Print Selection
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
5 = master data print selections
K A 5 2 Dimensions (vertical 01-04)

(horizontal 01-13)
1 - 4 according to block number of master
data
1 = master data per outlet line
2 = master data per outlet page
b for master data print selection

tion block
01 - nn sequence number within block

b = not last record within block
L = last record of block
A 12 4 File
aaaa = file name
A 16 4 Field
aaaa = field name

OS02

KEY ACCOUNT/TRADING GROUPS IF

OM04 FIELDS HAVE BEEN SELECTED:
A 28 4 File
aaaa = file name
A 32 3 Field
aaaa = field name

A 44 53 free

OS02

Text Definition
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
6 = Text records

(horizontal 01-13)
b for text records
1 = texts for cover page
2 = texts for page heading
3 = texts for page footing
b for text records

tion block
01 - 03 sequence number within definition

A 12 66 Text
A 78 19 free

OS02

Text Definition
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
6 = Text records

(horizontal 01-13)
b for text records
4 = texts for Marketing Support File
b for texts records
K SP 9 2 Option sequence number within information

block
b for texts for Marketing Support File

A 12 2 Support type
A 14 2 Support number
A 16 30 Support text 1
A 46 30 Support text 2
NP 76 4 Event date
A 80 17 free

OS02

Sort/Rank Definition: Ranking
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
7 = Sort/rank definition

(horizontal 01-13)
b for sorting/ranking
1 = ranking definition
b for ranking definition
K SP 9 2 Option sequence number within information

block
b for ranking definition

L = last record of option block
A 12 7 Field number
A 19 1 Ranking type
1 = rank number of items
2 = rank value
SP 20 7 Rank value/Number of items

A 27 1 Rank order
b = rank best items
1 = rank worst items
A 28 2 rank column
A 30 1 rank dimension

OS02
G 31 3 Information for First 3

Reference Dimension
A 31 1 Dimension
A 36 28 Values (if not busines segment,
(4*7) then only first field)
G 64 33 Information for Second Reference

Dimension (see first reference)

OS02

Sort/Rank Definition: Sorting
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11

K A 4 1 Record Type
7 = Sort/rank definition

(horizontal 01-13)
b for sorting/ranking
2 = sorting
b for sorting

tion block

A 12 4 File
aaaa = file name
A 16 4 Field
aaaa = field name


OS02
A 28 1 Indicator for Total

b = no total
1 = Total
A 29 1 Indicator for skip
b = no skip
1 = skip
G A 30 9 Sort File Information
30 2 OM08 / support type

32 2 OM08 / support number
34 5 free
30 7 OM11 / outlet number high level

37 2 OM11 / outlet connection type
30 7 OM16 / equipment number
37 1 OM16 / installation number
38 1 OM16 / record code
A 39 58 free

OS02

Horizontal Definition: Column Header Text for Sales Data Base Fields with Periods
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 11
K SP 1 3 Version number (00000-99999)

K A 4 1 Record type
1 = horizontal definitions
K A 5 2 Dimension number (horizontal 01-13)
K A 7 1 Record Type
3 = column header text
blank

information block
00 = column header text

L = column header text
A 12 3 Start position for print (currently not

supported)
A 15 2 Start column with the same period
A 17 2 End column with the same period
A 19 45 Header text for the columns defined

previously
A 64 33 free

OS02

OS10
OS10 SET MASTER FILE FOR SCHEDULING OS VERSIONS
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 59 3
K SETNUM N 1 3 Set number
SETDSC A 4 40 Set description
DVCID A 44 10 Printer ID
PRTDLY A 54 5 Delay time

(in 24-hour format, for example 14:51)
DLYFLG A 59 1 Delay flag

1 = active
b = not selected

OS10

OS11
OS11 SET DETAIL FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

S 10
SETNUM N 1 3 Set number
OS02SEQ N 4 2 Sequence of printing report
OS02VRSNUM N 6 5 OS version number

OS11

OS41
OS41 PC INTERFACE FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

S 158
G 1 Record Identification 4
A 1 1 Location definition
1 = Outlet information
2 = Business segment information
A 2 1 Article/article group/total level definition
0 = Total level
1 = Single article level
2 = Article group level
3 = All belonging articles
This is used only when article group
has been selected.
4 = Article group in both vertical and
horizontal dimensions
A 3 1 Period/budget definition
1 = Period data
2 = Budget data
A 4 1 Sales definition
1 = Sales data field information
2 = reserved
G 5 138 Data Identification

N 9 16 Business segment value
A 25 7 Outlet number
A 32 30 Business segment or outlet name. (If both
selected, then outlet name.)
A 62 4 Horizontal dimension article group code
A 66 4 Vertical dimension article group code
A 70 30 Text describing the single article or article
group. If "4" is in position 2, this field
contains the horizontal dimension article
group name in the first 15 positions and
the vertical dimension article group name
in the second 15 positions.
A 100 5 Period code
A 105 1 Budget type
A 106 7 Sales Data Base field code
A 113 30 Sales Data Base field name
N 143 13 Selection value (The value is stored with
one decimal position.)
A 156 3 free

OS41

OS42
ORG. LGTH. KEY

S 275
G 1 4
Record Identification
Osx_Location_ A 1 1 Location definition

Definition 1 = Outlet information
2 = Business segment information
Osx_Level_ A 2 1 Article/article group/total level definition
Definition 0 = Total level
1 = Single article level
2 = Article group level
3 = All belonging articles
This is used only when article group
has been selected.
4 = Article group in both vertical and
horizontal dimensions
Osx__Period_ A 3 1 Period/budget definition
Budget_Definition 1 = Period data
2 = Budget data
Osx_Sales_ A 4 1 Sales definition
Definition 1 = Sales data field information
2 = reserved
G 5 271 Data Identification
Osx_Business_ A 5 4 Business segment type

Segment_Type
Osx_Business_ A 9 16 Business segment value

Segment_Value
Osx_Outlet_Number S 25 7 Outlet number
Osx_Outlet_Name A 32 30 Business segment or outlet name. (If both

selected, then outlet name.)
Osx_Article_Number A 62 4 Horizontal dimension article group code
Osx_Article_ A 66 4 Vertical dimension article group code

Group_Code

OS42
ORG. LGTH. KEY

S 275

Osx_Article_Group_Name A 70 30 Text describing the single article or article
group. If "4" is in position 2, this field
contains the horizontal dimension article
group name in the first 15 positions and
the vertical dimension article group name
in the second 15 positions.
Sdbperiods or Sdbfields A 100 7 Sales Database Periods or Sales Data-

base Fields depending on OS selection.
OSX_Value_01 S 107 13 OS Report Column 01

OS55
OS55 OUTLET SELECTION DATA EXTRACT FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 336 109
G 1 109 Record Key
K N 1 1 Record level indicator

T = record for total data
R = record for reference data
B = record for budget reference fields
K A 2 1 Business segments sequence select level

1,2, or 3 = seq. no. of business segment
4 = outlet
K 3 105 Key selection table

(21*5)
K A (1) 1 Selection flag: if corresponds to article/

article group information:
1 = article code
2 = article group record
if corresponds to outlet/business segment

information:
1 = business segment
2 = outlet
K A (2) 20 Selection codes - redefined for each data

type. These can be:
- period codes
- outlet numbers
- business segment key combinations
and values
- article codes
- article grouping type and number
- Sales Data Base fields
K N 108 2 Report column number

OS55
G 110 218 Record Data
A 110 064 Extracted data table

(16*4)
A (1) 1 Value type indicator

1 = constant value to be used in calcula-
tion
2 = actual value
X = column number to used in calculation
N (2) 1 Number of decimals for the values and

constants
SP (3) 7 Extracted current value
A (3) 7 Name of column or constant in calculator
entry format. Both used in further calcula-
tion.
SP (10) 7 Extracted difference value (current -
previous)
A 174 150 Sort fields table: each
(30*5) element is a sort field value - max. 30
characters.
N 324 10 Selection sequence number; it
(2*5) is related to the order in which the user
selected the corresponding codes.
N 334 3 Business segment grouping sequence
number

OS56
OS56 OUTLET SELECTION CALCULATION OF EXTRACTED DATA FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 295 109
G 1 109 Record Key

T = Record for total data
R = Record for reference data
B = Record for budget reference fields
K A 2 1 Business segments sequence select level

1,2, or 3 = Sequence number of busi-
ness segment
4 = Outlet

(21*5)
K A (1) 1 Selection flag:

if corresponds to article/article group
information:
1 = Article code
2 = Article group record
if corresponds to outlet/
business segment information:
1 = Business segment
2 = Outlet
K A (2) 20 Selection codes - redefined for each data

type. These can be:
- Period codes
- Outlet numbers
- Business segment key combinations
and values
- Article codes
- Article grouping type and number

OS56
A 110 1 Number of decimals for the values and

constants
SP 111 7 Final current value (the extracted data
after calculation)
SP 118 7 Final difference value (the extracted data
after calculation)
N 125 1 Number of decimals for the values of the
ranking field
SP 126 7 Ranking value
A 133 150 Sort fields table; each element
(30*5) is a sort field value. Maximum 30 charac-
ters.
N 283 10 The sequence selection number of the
corresponding code - it is related to the
order in which the user has selected
codes - from 00 to 96
N 293 3 Business segment grouping sequence
number

OS57
OS57 TEMPORARY TOTALS CALCULATION AND STORAGE FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 275 109
G 1 109 Record Key

T = Record for total data
R = Record for reference data
B = Record for budget reference fields
K A 2 1 Business segment sequence selection

level
1,2, or 3 = Sequence number of busi-
ness segment
4 = Outlet

(21*5)
K A (1) 1 Selection flag:

If corresponds to article/article group
information:
1 = Article code
2 = Article group record
If corresponds to outlet/business segment

information:
1 = Business segment
2 = Outlet
K A (2) 20 Selection codes - redefined for

each data type. These can be:
- Period codes
- Outlet numbers
- Business segment key combinations
and values
- Article codes
- Article grouping types and numbers

OS57
A 110 1 Number of decimals for the total value

SP 111 7 Total current value (result of addition
SP 118 7 Total difference value (the current calcu-
lated total -- previously calculated total)
N 125 1 Number of decimals for the values of the
ranking field
A 126 150 Sort fields table: Each element
(30*5) is a sort field value.

OS60
OS60 ACCESS FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 194 22
G 1 22 Record Key
K N 1 1 Selection type indicator

b = Header record
1 = Business segment data (for OS)
2 = Outlet data (for OS)
3 = Promoted outlet data (for PT)
4 = Comparison outlet data (for PT)
5 = Promoted business segment data
(for PT)
6 = Comparison business segment data
(for PT)
K A 2 1 Outlet track indicator
0 = Individual outlet (no track informa
tion)
1 = Current (last) outlet of a track
2 = Outlet within track
G A 3 20 Location Information
K A (1) 4 Business segment key combination

K A (5) 16 Business segment value
K SP (1) 4 Outlet code
K A (5) 16 Filler
G A 23 172 Record Data
G A 23 9 Outlet Track Information
A (1) 1 Outlet track indicator

1 = Outlet passed the historical check of
the track
2 = Outlet was selected for historical
check
3 = Outlet was not selected for historical
check
4 = Outlet did not pass the historical
selection criteria
SP (2) 4 Previous outlet number
SP (6) 4 Successor outlet number

OS60
A (1) 1 Business segment level

A (8) 8 Filler
N 32 2 The sequence selection number of the
corresponding code -- it is related to the
order in which the user has selected the
codes -- from 00 to 96
N 34 3 Business segment sequence (for printing
order)
A 37 150 Sort fields table: Each element is a sort
(30*5) field value.

OS61
OS61 EXTERNALLY DEFINED ACCESS FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 7 7
K N 1 7 Outlet Number
or
K NP 1 4 Outlet Number
K A 5 3 Free

OS61

OS64
OS64 CAMPAIGN AND MIXED ARTICLE RELATION FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 9 9
K CMPMXDIND A 1 1 Campaign/mixed article indicator

P = part article
B = base article
M = mixed article
K BASPRTNUM N 2 4 Base/part article number

If indicator in position 1 is B, then this is
the base article number.
If indicator in position 1 is P, then this is
the part article number.
If indicator in position 1 is M, then this is
the mixed article number.
K CMPMXDNUM N 6 4 Campaign/mixed article number

If indicator in position 1 is B, then this is
the campaign article number.
If indicator in position 1 is P, then this is
the mixed article number.
If indicator in position 1 is M, then this
number is zero.

OS64

OS70
OS70 REPORT OPTIONS DEFINITION WORK FILE
The OS70 file has the same layout as the OS02 Outlet Selection Master File except for the version
number, which is not present.
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 96 8

OS70

OS71
OS71 EC ACCESS FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 45 4
010 K OUTNUM SP 1 7 Oultet number
030 EQGRP01 A 5 2 Equipment group #01

(from EC02, field# 185)









140 PURVAL SP 25 11 Purchase value

150 CURVAL SP 31 11 Current value

160 A 37 9 free

OS71

OS72
OS72 EC - SORT AND MASTER PRINT DATA
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 48 16
010 K OUTNUM SP 1 7 Oultet number
030 K FILENAM A 5 4 File name (from EC01 or EC02)
050 K FLDNUM A 9 4 Field number
070 FLDVAL A 13 30 Field value
090 A 43 6 free

OS72

PA01
PA01 PROMOTION ANALYSIS MASTER FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 340 4
A 1 1 Reserved
K A 2 4 Data Record Key =

Promotion Identification
G A 6 335 Data Part
A 6 1 Promotion type -- not processed in actual

version; used only to group promotions for
display reasons.
A 7 10 Promotion short name
G A 17 10 Definition of period before promotion

period
NP 17 4 Beginning date (from-date) of period

before promotion period
NP 21 4 Ending date (to-date) of period before
promotion period
NP 25 2 Number of days of period before promotion
period
G A 27 10 Definition of promotion period
NP 27 4 Beginning date (from-date) of promotion

period
NP 31 4 Ending date (to-date) of promotion period
NP 35 2 Number of days of promotion period
G A 37 10 Definition of period following the

promotion period
NP 37 4 Beginning date (from-date) of period

following the promotion period
NP 41 4 Ending date (to-date) of period following
promotion
NP 45 2 Number of days of period following the
promotion

PA01
A 47 1 Budget type -- not processed in actual

version; used as reminder for the budget
type that is eventually used as "normal"
sales value
A 48 20 Name of the responsible person for the
promotion
A 68 30 Promotion long name
A 98 198 Explanatory text of promotion
A 296 39 free
NP 335 4 Update date

A 339 2 User ID of person who made last update

PA02
PA02 PROMOTION ANALYSIS INTERFACE TO OS FILE
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 13 102
A 1 1 Reserved
G A 2 13 Data Record Key
K A 2 4 Promotion Identification
K A 6 1 Outlet Type
1 = promotion outlet
2 = comparison outlet
K A 7 8 OS70 key (see B6 OS70 file layout)
G A 15 88 Data Part
Record layout is identical to OS02

PA02

RS63
RS63 CORRECTION SLIP PRINT FILE
This file is filled by Billing (BI) when printing correction slips, reminder slips, and salesman difference
documents.
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 2048
16 Each record contains 16

*128 segments of 128 bytes each
Segments by segment code:
A- Document header
B- Order Entry messages
C- Outlet Master messages
G- Article data
I - Adjustment data
L- Tax data
T- Totals
Y- Special messages
Z- General messages

RS63

RS63.A
RS63.A DOCUMENT HEADER
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
A 1 1 Segment code 'A'
41 CSDOCNO A 2 11 Document number
42 OUTLET N 13 7 Outlet number
43 ORDERDATE N 20 7 Order date

BILLTONO N 27 7 Bill-To outlet number
45 PRICELIST N 34 3 Price list number

46 PRCDATE N 37 7 Pricing date
47 G LOADNO A 44 5 Load number
47A STRINGNO A 44 3 String number

47B RESSETNO N 47 2 Resource set number
49 EMPTSPLT A 49 1 Empty split code

50 RSDELTRANS A 50 3 Delivery transaction code
50A RSTRANSTYP A 50 1 Transaction type
50B RSDOCTYPE A 51 1 Document type
50C RSPAYTYPE A 52 1 Payment type
53 SLSMANNO A 53 4 Advance salesman
54 SETTLLOC A 57 2 Settlement location

55 GRIDNO A 59 5 Grid number
56 CALLTIME N 64 4 Tel-sell calling time
57 CALLTYP A 68 2 Calling type
58 CALLRTE A 70 3 Calling route
59 DRIVERNO A 73 4 Delivery driver number (from RS)
60 USAGE A 77 2 Usage code
62 CUBEDEL N 79 5 Cube volume (delivered)

63 WEIGHTDEL N 84 5 Weight (delivered)
64 CUBERET N 89 5 Cube (returned)
65 WEIGHTRET N 94 5 Weight (returned)
66 SPLITIN A 99 1 Document indicator

0 = normal
1 = product only
2 = empty only

RS63.A
67 SALESROUTE A 100 3 Sales route

68 REFDOCNO A 103 11 Reference document number for correction
slips (blank or reminder slips, and load
difference documents)
69 DELDATE N 114 7 Delivery date
70 DOCIDENT A 121 1 Document identification
1 = correction slip, reminder slip or load
difference document
2 = reminder list
3 = correction /reminder slip
and reminder list
G 122 7 Indicators
071 CORSLIPIND A 122 1 Correction slip/Load difference indicator

blank= No. corr. slip or load difference
document printed
1 = correction slip for difference
followed AR
2 = corr. slip for diff. charged sales-
man
8 = load shortage document
9 = load overage document
072 REMSLIPIND A 123 1 Reminder slip indicator

blank= No reminder slip printed
1 = reminder slip as selected by
delivery transaction code option
ORS-REMPRT
2 = reminder slip for cash document
with partial payment
A 124 1 Second language indicator

b = no
1 = yes
125 3 not used

always a 1 = first

RS63.B
RS63.B OE MESSAGES
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
2 60 free
82 DSEG1 A 62 11 * OE 'D' segments requested by

83 DSEG2 A 73 11 * the installation option:
84 DSEG3 A 84 11 * 'CSPRT' positions 40-51
10-character code interpretation of:

85 CITRANSTYP A 95 10 Field 50A - transaction type
86 CIDOCTYPE A 105 10 Field 50B - document type
87 CIPAYTYPE A 115 10 Field 50C - payment type
G 125 4 Indicators
125 3 not used

0 = not last
2 = last

RS63.B

RS63.C
RS63.C OM MESSAGES
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
90 MSG1A 2 30OM message 1

G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
124 4 not used

0 = not last
2 = last

RS63.C

RS63.G
RS63.G ARTICLE DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
A 2 1 Segment type
1 = non-empty
2 = empty
3 = return empty

104 MANPRCIND A 19 1 Manual price indicator (type 1 only)

105 RETPRICE S 20 7 Retail price (type 1 only)
106 QTYUNITS S 27 5 Units (type 1 and 2 only)
107 QTYSUBUNIT S 32 5 Subunits (type 1 only)
108 QTYIMPLY S 37 5 Units implied (type 2 only)
109 ARTGROSS S 42 9 Gross amount (type 1 and 2 only)

110 AMTUNITS S 51 9 Units amount (type 1 and 2 only)
111 AMTSUBUNIT S 60 9 Subunits amount (type 1 only)
112 AMTIMPLY S 69 9 Implied empty amount (type 1 and 2 only)
113 IMPLPRUNIT S 78 7 Implied empty unit price (see note 1)
114 IMPLPRSUBU S 85 7 Implied empty subunit price (see note 1)
92 30 free
G A 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free

RS63.G
A 124 1 Last segment of the non-empty/ adjust-

ment sections as a group
0 = no
1 = yes
(type 1 only)

number subtotal group.
1 = first
2 = last
3 = only
A 126 1 Last segment for the article

for type 1: 0 = no
1 = yes
A 127 1 'G' segment sequence within the

article sequence number subtotal group.
1 = first
2 = last

1 = first
2 = last
NOTE 1:
Fields 113 and 114 are only present for
type 1 if implied empty price pointers are
set on ORSCSPRT option. If this is true,
field 112 will contain the calculated implied
empty amount for this article.

RS63.I
RS63.I ADJUSTMENT DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128

A 2 1 Segment type
1 = by article
2 = in total
3 = recap

124 ADJTAXCOD2 A 11 1 * Article tax code
125 ADJTAXCOD3 A 12 1 * from AM01
126 ADJTAXCOD4 A 13 1 * (only for segment type 2)
128 ADJIND A 15 1 Adjustment indicator (type 1 and 2 only)
129 G ADJRATE S 16 7 Adjustment rate (type 1 and 2 only)
129A ADJRATE1 S 16 7.3 Used with indicator = 1. Value is a

percentage with 3 decimals.
129B ADJRATE2 S 16 7.1 Used with indicator = 2. Value is an
amount.
129C ADJRATE3 S 16 7.0 Used with indicator = 3. Value is an
amount.
129D ADJRATE4 S 16 7.0 Used with indicator = 4. Value is the total
number of free cases (negative value for
delivered cases)
130 G ADJBASE S 23 9 Adjustment base (types 1 and 2 only)
130A ADJBASE1 S 23 9.0 Used with indicator = 1. Value is an

amount.
130B ADJBASE2 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 2. Value is a quantity
with 3 decimal positions. Decimal value is
the subunit quantity expressed in decimal
terms (12 of 24 = .500)
130C ADJBASE3 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 3. Value is a quantity


RS63.I
130D ADLBASE4 S 23 9.3 Used with indicator = 4. Value is a

quantity.
131 ADJAMT S 32 9 Adjustment amount (without the four extra

decimals)
41 2 free
G 43 9 AM87-Data positions 1-797
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 Last segment of the non-empty/

adjustment sections as a group
0 = no
1 = yes

number subtotal group (type 1 only)
1 = (not possible)
2 = last
3 = (not possible)
A 126 1 Last segment for the article.

for type 1: 0 = no
1 = yes
127 1 not used

1 = first (type 2 and 3 only)
2 = last
3 = only (type 2 and 3 only)

RS63.L
RS63.L TAX DATA
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128

minimum one for a document
140 TAXTYPE A 2 1 Tax type 1-5

141 TAXCLASS A 3 1 Outlet tax class
142 TAXCODE A 4 1 Article tax code
143 TAXBASE S 5 9 Taxable amount (base)

Field from AM09

146 TAXRATE N 47 5 Tax rate (XXX.XX%)
2 = on retail price
148 TAXPERUNIT S 53 9 Tax amount per unit
Tax Differences
149 TAXSLSMAMT S 62 9 Tax amount salesman

150 TAXDIFFAMT S 71 9 Tax difference amount
151 TAXDIFFIND N 80 1 Tax difference indicator
5 = shortage
6 = overage
NOTE
Tax differences are present per tax type (1-
5) and will be available in each L segment
belonging to that tax type.
81 41 free

RS63.L
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 Dummy tax segment

0 = no
1 = yes
125 3 not used
A 128 1 Segment sequence in tax data section

1 = first
2 = last
3 = only

RS63.T
RS63.T TOTAL SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
A 1 1 Segment code 'T'
160 NETAMT SP 2 5 Net amount

161 TOTGROSS SP 7 5 Total non-empty gross amount
162 TOTADJ SP 12 5 Total adjustment amount
163 TOTEMPTY SP 17 5 Total empty amount
164 TOTTAX SP 22 5 Total tax amount
165 TOTUNITS S 27 5 Total product units

166 TOTSUBUNITS S 32 5 Total product subunits
167 TOTEMTUNTS S 37 5 Total empty units
Difference Fields
168 TOTSLSMAMT SP 42 5 Total salesman amount

169 TOTSLSMDIF SP 47 5 Salesman difference amount
170 TOTDIFFIND N 52 1 Salesman difference indicator
171 TOTAMTTAX1 SP 53 5 Tax amount salesman * tax

172 TOTDIFTAX1 SP 58 5 Tax difference amount * type
173 TOTDIFIND1 N 63 1 Tax difference indicator *1


180 TOTAMTTAX4 SP 86 5 Tax amount salesman *tax

181 TOTDIFTAX4 SP 91 5 Tax difference amount *type


RS63.T
NOTE
Salesman difference indicator:
3 = shortage charged to salesman
4 = overage refunded to salesman
5 = shortage followed by AR
6 = overage followed by AR
Tax difference indicator :
1 = tax shortage absorbed by company
2 = tax overage absorbed by company
5 = tax shortage by AR
6 = tax overage followed by AR
G 108 10 Payment Fields

(Partial payments on cash or prepayments
on credit)
186 CASHCOLL SP 108 5 Cash collected (stored negative)

187 CASHDISC SP 113 5 Cash discount (stored negative)
118 4 free
G 122 7 Indicators
124 3 not used
A 125 1 Total salesman difference

0 = no
1 = yes
A 126 1 Total tax difference

0 = no
1 = yes
A 127 1 Last segment of document

segment sequence in header data section
0 = no
1 = yes
A 128 1 If segment is in the header data section

value = 2, otherwise = 0

RS63.Y
RS63.Y SPECIAL MESSAGES
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
A 1 1 Segment code 'Y'
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
124 5 not used

RS63.Y

RS63.Z
RS63.Z GENERAL MESSAGES
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 128
A 1 1 Segment code 'Z'

12 COMMSG1 A 4 30 Message text (OM05)


17 SETTLDATE N 98 7 Settlement date of this run
105 17 free
G 122 7 Indicators
122 2 free
A 124 1 Are any segments present in the file with a

segment code = 3?
0 = no
1 = yes
125 4 not used

RS63.Z

RS81
RS81 CORRECTION SLIP RUNNING TOTALS
This file is filled by Billing (BI) when printing correction slips, reminder slips, and salesman difference
documents.
ORG. LGTH KEY

180
No real file exists, the definition is for the

data dictionary component.
701 NET701 S 1 9 Net amount within document
Within Non-empty, Adj. in Total and

Adj. Recap Sections
711 UTS711 S 10 5 Units

712 UTS712 S 15 5 Subunits
713 GRS713 S 20 9 Article gross amount
714 ADJ714 S 29 9 Adjustment amount
715 NET715 S 38 9 Net amount
718 ADJ718 S 47 9 Adjustment in total total
719 ADJ719 S 56 9 Adjustment recap total
Within Empty Article Section
721 UTS721 S 65 5 Units delivered/returned

722 UTS722 S 70 5 Units implied
723 UTS723 S 75 5 Net units
Within Tax Section
731 TAX731 S 89 9 Taxes
Within Article Sequence Number

Subtotal Group
741 UTS741 S 98 5 Units

742 UTS742 S 103 5 Subunits
Within an Article


RS81
Within Non-empty Article Section
780 IMP780 S 153 9 Implied empty amount
Within Empty Article Section
781 EMP781 S 162 9 Delivered/returned empty amount
171 10 free

RS90

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 512
RECSTA A 1 1 Record Status "H"
ELEARAHDR A 2 1 Element area settlement header/helper

b = normal 5/11
1 = extended 9/14
ELEARALOD A 3 1 Element area load documents

b = normal 5/11
1 = extended 9/14
2 = extended 14/20
ELEARADDC A 4 1 Element area delivery documents

b = normal 5/11
1 = extended 9/14
2 = extended 14/20
5 3 free
SETLOC A 8 2 Settlement location

SETDAT NP 10 4 Settlement date
A 14 5 reserved
DOCTYP N 19 1 Document type '0'
A 20 13 reserved
RECNUM N 33 2 Record number '00'
35 14 free
CNLIDF A 49 10 Cancel identification

'*CANCEL'
RSTINF A 59 400 Restart information
459 54 free

RS90

Common Part
RECSTA A 1 1 Record status

4= Valid document
D = Deleted (valid for helper, outload,
inload, and delivery document)
U = Unproductive (valid only for
delivery document)
I = Ignore (transaction will not be
uploaded)
A 2 6 free
G 8 11 Settlement Route
Identification
SETLOC A 8 2 Settlement location

SETDAT NP 10 4 Settlement date
DRINUM A 14 4 Driver number
SETNUM A 18 1 Settlement number
G 19 27 Data per Transaction
DOCTYP A 19 1 Document type

1 = Header
2 = Helper
5 = Outload
6 = Inload
8 = Delivery document
CHGDELDAT A 20 1 Change delivery date

blank = Nothing happens
1 = DEDA is created automatically if
the delivery date in RS90 is
different from the original delivery
date
21 1 reserved
DOCNUM A 22 11 Document number (document types
5 and 8 only)
RECNUM N 33 2 Record number within transaction
01 = first
02-99 = continuation records
LSTRECIND A 35 1 Last record indicator

b = no
L = last record

RS90

Common Part, continued
OUTNUM NP 36 4 Outlet number
USRIDF A 40 2 User ID of data entry operator

WOSIDF A 42 2 Workstation ID of data entry
A 44 5 reserved

RS90

Settlement header
1 48 Common part
A 49 176 free
G 225 288 Element area
G 225 18x16 Element area (normal 5/11)
A 5 Data identifier
A 11 Data identifier value
G 225 12x23 Element area (extended 9/14)
A 9 Data identifier
501 12 free

RS90

Helper Data
1 48 Common part
HLPNUM A 49 4 Helper number
A 53 172 free
A 5 Data identifier
A 9 Data identifier
501 12 free

RS90

Load Data
1 48 Common part
DELLOC A 49 2 Loading location ( = delivery location)
DELDAT NP 51 4 Loading date
DELRTE A 55 5 Load number
ORIIND A 60 1 Origin indicator
A 61 1 reserved
NUMDELDOC N 62 3 Number of delivery documents
VEHNUM1 A 65 3 Vehicle number of the first vehicle
VEHNUM2 A 68 3 Vehicle number of the second vehicle
VEHNUM3 A 71 3 Vehicle number of the third vehicle
74 3 reserved
NUMHLP N 77 1 Number of helpers
NUMORD N 78 3 Number of orders
FIRGRI A 81 5 First grid served
LASGRI A 86 5 Last grid served
CUBPOS N 91 7 Total cube positive
CUBNEG N 98 7 Total cube negative
WGTPOS N 105 7 Total weight positive
WGTNEG N 112 7 Total weight negative
UNINEG N 119 7 Number of units negative
126 14 free
ARTVRTIND A 140 1 Articles with variants are present in the XX
database transaction
141 70 free
TRANUM A 211 11 Transaction number from XX11
downloaded transaction
TRANUMSUF A 222 3 Transaction number suffix from XX11

A 5 Article number or data identifier
A 11 Article quantity or data identifier value
(For quantities, units and subunits are
separated by the decimal sign. The nega-
tive sign is entered to the right. )

501 12 free

501 16 free

RS90

Delivery Document
1 48 Common part
ORDERDAT NP 49 4 Order date
DELDAT NP 53 4 Delivery date
LOADNO A 57 5 Load number
PRCDAT NP 62 4 Pricing date
EMPTEX A 66 1 Empty exchange
TRKDELTYP A 67 1 Truck delivery type
PERSNO A 68 4 Personnel (driver) number
STEMTIME NP 72 2 Stem time
COORDTIME NP 74 2 Time per coordinate unit
CALLIND A 76 1 Calling exception indicator
CALLTYPE A 77 2 Calling type
CALLRTE A 79 3 Calling route
82 9 free
UNPRODMESS A 91 30 Unproductive message text
MSGCODE A 121 2 Unproductive message code
123 17 free
ARTVRTIND A 140 1 Articles with variants are present in the XX
database transaction
EMPSPLIND A 141 1 Empty split indicator
b or 0= normal document
1 = product document
2 = empty document
142 69 free
TRANUM A 211 11 Transaction number from XX10

TRANUMSUF A 222 3 Transaction number suffix from XX10

(For quantities, units and subunits are
separated by the decimal sign. The nega-
tive sign is entered to the right. )

501 12 free

RS90

Delivery Document, continued

501 16 free

SA21
SA21 TAX FILE

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 96
G 2 4 Last update dates 2
NP 2 4 Delivery invoices issued by FP or IN
NP 6 4 Delivery slips issued by FP or IN
NP 10 4 Invoices issued by MI
NP 14 4 Invoices issued by SI
NP 18 4 Period discount issued by SI
NP 22 4 Full Service commission issued by SI
26 1 blank
N 27 2 Record number (01-18)

L = last record
NP 30 4 Last reorganization date
34 3 free
G 37 60 Location information table (10*6)
A (1) 2 Location
NP (3) 4 Processing buffer date

SA21
SA21 TAX FILE

Data Record
A 1 1 Record Status 'b'
G 2 1 Common part/sort fields 3

In all records
A 2 11 Document number/Invoice number

NP 13 4 Outlet number
A 17 3 Tax Body 1
A 20 3 Tax Body 2
NP 23 4 Delivery Date/Invoicing Date
NP 27 2 Record number 01-99, per document/
Invoice
L = last record
SP 30 3 Italian tax stamp amount (no additional
decimals)
G 33 32 Fixed part
N 33 1 Document type
1 = IN, FP invoice
2 = IN, FP delivery slip
3 = MI
4 = SI
5 = Periodic Discount
6 = Full Service Commission
8 = Sampling
NP 34 3 Delivery transaction code
Amount specified in the OXX-TAXFIL
option. Default is the *TOAC amount.
A 43 1 Billing Frequency Code
A 44 5 Outlet tax class
NP 49 4 Settlement date
NP 53 4 Bill-to outlet number
57 8 free

SA21
G Variable part for segments (up to 4

segments per 16 bytes)
65 32 Segment area in record 01 (2 segments)

33 64 Segment area in record 02-99 (4 segments)
The following segments may occur:

XX01.H= calculated tax amountsnon-
included
XX01.I = calculated tax amounts
included

SA21

SA22
SA22 FINANCE FILE

Location Header
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 197 30

8 = units of product groups converted
9 = location reserved for update
K A 3 2 Location
K A 5 28 Blank
A 33 1 Location level
1 = posting level
A 34 1 Consolidation level for SA23 (always

blank)
A 35 1 Location type = Settlement location

1 = Outlet location
36 2 free
G 38 168 Dates
NP 38 4 Latest update from BI

NP 42 4 Latest update from CB
46 26 free
NP 72 4 Year starting date first period

NP 76 4 Year starting date second period
G 80 2 Processing dates 1
NP 80 4 New processing date for SM

NP 84 4 Previous processing date for SM
NP 88 4 Processing buffer date
G 92 35 First period
A 92 1 Period type

SA22
G 93 10 Current period
NP 93 2 Number
NP 95 4 Starting date
NP 99 4 Ending date
G 103 14 Previous period
NP 103 2 Number
NP 109 4 Ending date
NP 113 4 Last processing date
G 117 2 GL linkage indicators

Current period
A 117 1 Linkage provided 1 = Yes
Previous period
A 118 1 Linkage provided 1 = Yes
N 119 2 Fiscal year

N 121 2 Processing buffer fiscal year
123 4 free
G 127 25 Second period
A 127 1 Period type
G 128 10 Current period
NP 128 2 Number
G 138 14 Previous period
NP 138 2 Number
NP 148 4 Last processing date
152 2 free
N 154 2 Fiscal year

N 156 2 Processing buffer fiscal year
158 4 free
162 36 free

SA22
SA22 FINANCE FILE

Hash Totals
A 1 1 Record status
2 1 Reserved
3 30 Key
A 3 2 Location
260 K KEYGROUP N 5 1 Key group '1'
262 K KEYTYPE A 6 1 Key type
A = Hash Totals
X = Internal Hash Totals
Y = Hash totals calculated by BI
K A 7 3 Account Number
K A 10 1 Tax Identifier
b = no tax accounting totals
Y = Hash total from SI -SA link (corre-
sponding hash total record with
key type Y always present)
K A 11 22 Blank
A 33 4 Accounting total ID
(A100 - A800 / X400 - X700)
NP 37 4 Laste date of update

A 41 8 Blank
NP 49 2 Zero
A 51 1 Blank
52 3 Linkage status
N 52 1 Financial linkage
b = not checked
2 = no
N 53 1 Operational accounting linkage
b = not checked
2 = no
N 54 1 Statistical linkage
b = not checked
2 = no
A 55 24 Blank

SA22
Hash totals
SN 79 17 Current day totals
96 51 First Period
SN 96 17 Current period-to-date totals

SN 113 17 Previous period totals
SN 130 17 Year-to-date totals
147 51 Second period
SN 147 17 Current period-to-date totals

SN 154 17 Previous period totals
SN 181 17 Year-to-date totals

SA22
SA22 FINANCE FILE

Accounting Totals (excluding tax accounting totals)
A 1 1 Record Status
2 1 Reserved
3 30 Key
A 3 2 Location
B = Sales
C = Cash
F = Summary Invoice
G = Central billing calculated by BI
K A 7 3 Account number
K A 10 1 Tax identifier
b = no tax accounting totals
270 K BILLOC A 11 2 Billing location

272 K ADJRANGE A 13 1 Adjustment range
(only B601, B201,B202, B203, F551,
F901)
272 K ADJCLASS N 14 1 Adjustment class
(only B601, F551, F901)
276A K DOCTYPE A 15 1 Document type
(only B101, B112, B302, F501)
A 16 5 Free
276B K PAYTYPE A 21 1 Payment type
(only B101, B112, B302, F501)
278 K TAXCOMBI A 22 3 Tax Combination
K A 25 4 Internal data identifier
(only in case of C-totals)
K A 29 3 Blank
K A 32 1 Debit/Credit Indicator
1 = Debit
2 = Credit
290 CICODE A 33 4 Accounting total ID for code interpretation

(SACODE)
NP 37 4 Last date of update of batch date (only F-
totals)
A 41 8 Blank
NP 49 2 zero
A 51 1 Blank

SA22
52 3 Linkage status
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked
1 =yes
2 = no
b = not checked
1 =yes
2 = no
b = not checked
A 55 24 Financial GL account number
Accounting totals
SN 79 17 Current day
(4 additonal decimals)
96 51 First period
SN 96 17 Current period-to-date amount

SN 113 17 Previous period amount
SN 130 17 Year-to -date amount
147 51 Second period-to-date
SN 147 17 Current period-to-date amount

SN 164 17 Previous period amount
SN 181 17 Year-to-date amount

SA22
SA22 FINANCE FILE

Tax Accounting Totals (e.g. F201, F601, G201, G601, B801, B802, B901, B902)
A 1 1 Record status
2 1 Reserved
3 30 Key
A 3 2 Location
B = Sales
F = Summary Invoice
G = Central billing
K A 7 3 Account Number
K A 10 1 Tax Identifier
1 = Tax accounting total with amounts
as tax base
2 = Tax accounting total with quantity
as tax base
270 K BILLOC A 11 2 Billing Location

272 K ADJRANGE A 13 1 Blank
274 K ADJCLASS N 14 1 Blank
276A DOCTYPE N 15 1
A 16 5 free
276B PAYTYPE N 21 1
278 K TAXCOMBI A 22 3 Tax Combination
K NP 25 4 Tax date
K A 29 3 Blank
K A 32 1 Debit/Credit Indicator
1 = Debit
2 = Credit
290 CICODE A 33 4 Accounting total ID for code interpretation

(SACODE)
NP 37 4 Last date of update
A 41 8 Blank
NP 49 2 zero
A 51 1 Blank
52 3 Linkage status
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked

SA22

1 =yes
2 = no
b = not checked
1 =yes
2 = no
b = not checked
Tax Accounting totals
79 17 Processing date
SP 79 9 Tax amount (4 additonal decimals)

SP 88 8 Tax base
96 51 First period
96 17 Current period-to-date
SP 105 8 Tax base
113 17 Previous period

SP 122 8 Tax base
130 17 Year-to-date
SP 139 8 Tax base
147 51 Second period

SP 156 8 Tax base

SP 173 8 Tax base
181 17 Year-to-date amount

SP 190 8 Tax base

SA22
SA22 FINANCE FILE

Detail Data - Product Groups
A 1 1 Record status
2 1 Reserved
3 30 Key
260 K KEYGROUP N 5 1 Key Group

3 = Sales
5 = Sampling
7 = Breakage
262 K KEYTYPE A 6 1 Key type '8'

264 K BUSTYPE A 7 3 Business Type/ extension
b = no tax accounting total
K A 11 5 Blank
280 K PRODGROUP A 16 2 Product group
K A 18 7 Blank
K A 25 4 Code interpretation code (SACODE)
K A 29 3 Tax combination
K A 32 1 Debit / Credit Indicator
2 = Credit
290 CICODE A 33 4 Code Interpretation code (SACODE)

A 41 8 Blank
NP 49 2 Zero
A 51 1 Blank
52 3 Linkage status
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked

SA22

TOTALS
79 17 Processing Date
SP 79 8 Quantity (4 additional decimals)

SP 87 9 Amount (4 additional decimals)
96 51 First Period

130 17 Year-to-date
147 51 Second Period


181 17 Year-to-date

SA22
SA22 FINANCE FILE

Detail Data -Articles
A 1 1 Record status
2 1 Reserved
3 30 Key
A 3 2 Location
260 K KEYGROUP N 5 1 Key Group
3 = Sales
5 = Sampling
7 = Breakage
262 K KEYTYPE A 6 1 Key type '9'

264 K BUSTYPE A 7 3 Business Type/ extension
b = no tax accounting total
K A 11 5 Article sequence number

K A 16 9 Article number
K A 25 4 Code interpretation code (SACODE)
K A 32 1 Debit / Credit Indicator
2 = Credit
A 33 4 Code Interpretation code (SACODE)

A 41 8 Article grouping code
NP 49 2 Number of subunits
A 51 1 Article type
52 3 Linkage status
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked
1 = yes
2 = no
b = not checked

SA22
TOTALS
79 17 Processing Date
SP 79 6 Units
SP 85 2 Subunits
96 51 First Period
SP 96 6 Units
SP 102 2 Subunits

SP 113 6 Units
SP 119 2 Subunits
130 17 Year-to-date
SP 130 6 Units
SP 136 2 Subunits
147 51 Second Period

SP 147 6 Units
SP 153 2 Subunits

SP 164 6 Units
SP 170 2 Subunits
181 17 Year-to-date
SP 181 6 Units
SP 187 2 Subunits

SA23

Location Header
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 197 5

8 = units of product groups converted
K A 3 2 Location
K A 5 28 Blank
A 33 1 Location level
1 = posting level
2 = consolidated
A 34 1 Consolidation level (1-9)
A 35 1 Location type for SA22 (always blank)
36 2 free
G 38 168 Dates
NP 38 4 Latest update from BI

NP 42 4 Latest update from CB
46 26 free
NP 72 4 Year starting date first period

NP 76 4 Year starting date second period
G 80 2 Processing dates 1
NP 80 4 New processing date for SM

NP 84 4 Previous processing date for SM
92 106 free

SA23

Data Record
G 1 3 Common Part 7
A 1 1 Record status
2 1 Reserved
G 3 0 Key 3
G 3 8 Common Key Part
K A 3 2 Location
260 K KEYGROUP N 5 1 Key group
264 K BUSTYPE A 7 3 Business code/type
1 = Tax accounting total with amounts as
tax base
2 = Tax accounting total with quantity as
tax base
b = No tax accounting total
G 11 2 2
Variable Key Part for Accounting Totals
Key type
B = Sales
C = Cash
F = Summary invoicing
G= Central billing
Z = Excluded sales
270 K BILLOC A 11 2 Billing location

272 K ADJRANGE A 13 1 Adjustment range
274 K ADJCLASS N 14 1 Adjustment class
276A K DOCTYPE A 15 1 Document type
A 16 5 free
276B K PAYTYPE A 21 1 Payment type
278 K TAXCOMBI A 22 3 Tax combination

K NP 25 4 Tax date (for Tax Accounting Totals)
K A 29 3 blank
K A 32 1 Debit/Credit indicator
G 11 2 2 Data
Variable Key Part for Detail

SA23
Key group
3 = Sales
5 = Sampling
7 = Breakage
Key type
2 = Product group record
3 = Article record
K N 11 5 Article sequence number (for Article record)

K N 16 9 Article number (for Article record)
or
K A 11 5 Blank (for Product group record)
280 K PRODGROUP A 16 2 Product group (for Product group record)
K A 18 7 Blank (for Product group record)
K A 25 4 Data identifier
K A 32 1 Debit/Credit indicator
G 33 6 Common Information 4
290 CICODE A 33 4 Accounting total or detail data identifier

NP 37 4 Last date of update, batch date
A 51 1 Article type
52 27 Unused
For detailed Data Record layout see SA22,

Finance File.

SA23

SA24

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 512

G 3 6 Sort fields
A 3 2 Location
A 5 4 free
G 9 19 Current period information
N 9 2 Period year
A 11 1 Period type
N 14 7 Starting date
N 21 7 Ending date
28 27 free
58 2 Company Systems flag
CS = Created via CS
A 60 1 Conversion flag
G 61 16 Processing dates
NP 61 4 Current processing date

NP 65 4 Previous processing date
NP 73 4 Latest extraction date
N 77 1 SI batch indicator
1 = SI batch
NOTE
This field is used only for files created prior
to Release 51.
G 78 8 Period information for SI batch

Used only for files created prior to Release
51.
NP 78 4 Beginning date
NP 82 4 End date

SA24
86 204 free
Tail part
G 290 74 Extended information of the OSD-XSA24

option
16*9
1 Letter of identification
3 Actual value used for merging
5 Number of overflows
A 463 1 '1' = Self-Aligning Performance Control

(SAPC) enabled
NOTE
For details about the ID number, the
values needed for merging, the typical/
maximal number of overflows, and for
more information about the SAPC, see the
OSD-XSA24 option in the B7 System
Control File Layout manual as well as the
subsection "OSD-XSD22" in the chapter
"Installation" in the Sales Data Base
Application Manual.
NP 464 4 Maximum number of articles

A 468 1 'A' = Indication of the presence of an
article number > 9999
NP 469 4 Size of the used partitioned data portion of

the main memory
A 473 1 'S' = Indication of the partitioned data
portion overflow
NP 474 4 Beginning date of the run

NP 478 5 Beginning time of the run
NP 483 4 Ending date of the run

NP 487 5 Ending time of the run
NP 492 4 Elapsed run time [SSSSSSdd], where S

stands for seconds (unit of time) and d
stands for hundreds of seconds.
NP 496 5 Elapsed run time [HHMMSSdd], where H

stands for hours, M stands for minutes, S
stands for seconds (unit of time), and d
A 501 10 Creation function identification

A 511 2 Creation program modification level

SA24
Data Record

Common Part
A 3 2 Location
G 5 8 Sort fields
NP 5 4 Outlet number
NP 9 4 Transaction date
A 13 11 Document number
Note:
For transactions that do not have a
document number assigned (for example,
ship-to transactions for Lump Sum
Adjustments or BI and RM credit notes)
this field contains the transaction number
(XX10/TRANUM) instead of the document
number (XX10/DOCNUM).
N 24 2 Record number within transaction

L = last record
A 27 1 Last record indicator of location or batch
L = last record
28 5 free
Fixed part
A 33 1 Business type
A 34 3 Market segment
A 37 3 Distribution channel
A 40 3 Key account
A 43 30 Combination of OM01 fields
73 1 free
A 74 4 Driver number
A 78 1 Settlement number

SA24
NP 79 4 Bill-to outlet number

NP 83 4 Discount-to outlet number
NP 87 4 Credit-to outlet number
A 91 3 Delivery transaction code
A 94 3 Calling route
97 16 free
G Variable part for segments (Up to 24

segments per 20 bytes)
113 400 Segment area in record 01 (20 segments)
or
33 480 Segment area in record 02-99 (24 seg-

ments)
per article:
XX03.B1, XX03.B2, XX03.B3,

XX03.D , XX03.E , XX03.G ,
XX03.H , XX03.J
per outlet/transaction:
XX03.M2, XX03.M3, XX03.M4,

XX03.O, XX03.P , XX03.Q ,
XX03.R, XX03.S , XX03.V ,
XX03.W, XX03.X , XX03.Y ,
XX03.ZZ

SA46
SA46 GL TRANSACTON FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 96
G 1 61 Sort fields
A 1 1 Account type
0 = financial
1 = operational accounting
2 = statistical
A 2 2 Location
N 4 2 SA22 period number (last day of the SA
period)
N 6 2 GL period number
N 8 6 Reserved for ROSS/GL Company Code

This field is not yet populated. The
corresponding code will be taken from the
OXX-GL99TR-COMPx option when
creating the GL99TR linkage file.
For use with ROSS/GL linkage:
This GL account number holds four of the
nine coding block segments. All these
segments are to be coded as numeric,
right-adjusted, and zero-filled.
The positions and lengths refer to the
following information:
Pos. 14–19 Account number
Pos. 20–25 Admisnistrative unit
code
Pos. 26–31 Department code
Pos. 32–37 Product code
N 38 6 ROSS/GL affiliated company code
N 44 6 Reserved for ROSS/GL

Unassigned Field 1
OXX-GL99TR-UNASx option when

SA46

Unassigned Field 2

Unassigned Field 3
NP 62 5 Article number (only for detail data)
or
A 62 2 Product group
64 3 free
A 68 4 Accounting total or detail data identifier
SP 72 7 Amount/quantity
A 79 1 Key type (from SA22)

b = Accounting total record
8 = Product group record
9 = Article record
N 80 8 Posting date YYYYMMDD
88 9 free

SA47
SA47 FINANCIAL GL VOUCHER FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 118
G 1 6 Journal entry number
A 1 2 'SA'
N 3 2 Location
N 5 2 SA22 Period Number (Last day of the SA
period)
N 7 2 GL Period number
N 9 6 Posting date external i.e. end of period
date
39 6 Not used
N 45 13 Debit amount (positive)

N 58 13 Credit amount (negative)
A 71 30 Transaction description
101 10 Not used
A 111 1 Entry code

b = finance entry
T = total entry
112 7 Not used

SA47

SA48
SA48 STATISTICAL GL VOUCHER FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 118
A 1 2 'ST'
N 3 2 Location
N 5 2 SA22 period number (Last day of the SA
period)
N 9 6 Posting date external i.e. end of period date
39 6 Not used
G 45 26 Quantity fields
N 45 13 Debit quantity (positive)

N 58 13 Credit quantity (negative)
101 10 Not used
A 111 1 Entry code

b = statistical entry
S = total entry
or
114 3 free
117 1 Business type
118 1 free

SA48

SA49
SA49 OPERATIONAL ACCOUNTING VOUCHER FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 118
A 1 2 'OP'
N 3 2 Location
N 5 2 SA22 Period number (Last day of the SA
period)
N 7 2 GL Period number
A 15 24 Account number
39 6 Not used
N 45 13 Debit amount (positive)

N 58 13 Credit amount (negative)
101 10 Not used
A 111 1 Entry code

b = finance entry
T = total entry
112 7 Not used

SA49

SA50
SA50 STATISTICAL GL VOUCHER FILE CONVERTED
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 118
A 1 2 'CU'
N 3 2 Location
N 5 2 SA22 period number (Last day of the SA
period)
39 6 Not used
G 45 26 Quantity fields
N 45 13 Debit quantity (positive)

N 58 13 Credit quantity (negative)
101 10 Not used
A 111 1 Entry code

b = statistical entry
S = total entry
or
114 3 free
117 1 Business type
118 1 free

SA50

SA54
SA54 SALES DATA BASE TRANSACTION EXTRACT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 512
This file is created with a selected location

or SI batch data when SD files are up-
dated. The record layouts are identical to
SA24.

SA54

SA64
SA64 SALES DATA BASE TRANSACTION ACCESS FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 64
A 1 1 Record code
A 2 4 Key type
A 6 16 Combination fo key fields
N 22 8 Relative address to SA24
30 3 free
G 33 32 4 OM01 fields included in the key

( 4*8 )
A 4 Field number
N 2 Start position
N 2 Length of the field

SA64

SA95
SA95 BOOKING CURRENCY COMPONENT FOR SA TAX REPORT
ORG. LGTH KEY

1024
SA95 does not physically exist as a file

but is defined as a component in the XI01
data dictionary. It is included in the XL
object of program SAP340 for printing of
the invoice/tax register. All amounts are in
the booking currency. The corresponding
transaction currency amounts are provided
in SA952.
G 1 32 Document number or from-to range
002 DOCUMENTNO A 1 11 Document number (or From document

number)
002A LOCATION A 1 2 Location
002B DOCID A 3 1 Document identification
002C DOCNUMBER A 4 7 Actual document number
002D DOCCHKDIG A 11 1 Check digit
NOTE
Other subfields may be added to the SA95
data dictionary, for example if a document
prefix is used.
003 DOCNOTO A 12 11 To- document number (or blank)
NOTE
A from-to document number range is only
created for consecutive unused documents
(DOCSTATUS not 1) with the same
settlement reference data.
005 DOCSTATUS A 23 1 Document status

0 = not yet used/returned
1 = used as invoice or delivery slip

SA95
3 = returned as unused
6 = returned as unproductive
9 = missing (on SA21 + FP01)
006 DOCORIGIN A 24 1 Document origin
blank = unused document
(DOCSTATUS not 1)
1 = IN, FP delivery invoice
3 = MI invoice
4 = SI summary invoice
5 = SI periodic discount credit note
6 = SI Full Service commission credit
note
8 = SM sampling document
007 BLANKDOC A 25 1 Blank document indicator

blank = preadressed document
1 = blank document
008 DOCCOUNT N 26 3 Number of documents (for document ranges)

'001' = single document
29 4 free
G A 3 16 3 reference (from FP01 file)

Settlement
Actual settlement data for DOCSTATUS 1,

3, 6 and DOCORIGIN 1, 2, 8 (document
processed by SM).
Scheduled settlement data for
DOCSTATUS 0 (not yet used).
Blank for DOCSTATUS = 9
(missing document numbers) or
DOCORIGIN 3, 4, 5, 6 (SI, MIinvoices).
011 SETTLOC A 33 2 Settlement location
012 SETTLDATE NP 35 4 Settlement date
013 SETTLDRIV A 39 4 Driver number (responsible for settlement)
014 SETTLNUMB N 43 1 Settlement number

SA95
44 5 free
G 49 48 Document reference
If DOCSTATUS = blank, fields contain

'scheduled' data from FP01. If
DOCSTATUS = 1, 3, 6, fields contain
'actual data'from SA21 or FP01.
If DOCSTATUS = 9, fields contain blanks/
zeros.
020 OUTLETNO NP 49 7 Outlet number (bill-to for SI)
021 DELDATE N 56 7 Delivery or invoice date (CYYMMDD)
022 DELTRANS N 63 3 Delivery transaction code
023 FREQCODE A 66 1 Billing, discount or credit frequency code

(only present for DOCORIGIN =4,5,6)
024 TAXCLASSES A 67 5 Tax classes 1-5
025 INVAMOUNT SN 72 11 Invoice amount (including or excluding tax

and deposit according to installation
option OXX-TAXFIL option C).
Zero for delivery slips
(DOCORIGIN = 2, 8).
026 BOLLAMOUNT SN 83 5 Italian tax stamp amount (with no addi-
tional decimals)
027 BOLLOIND A 88 1 Tax stamp indicator

'1' = print BOLLO even if zero
89 1 free
030 BILLTONO NP 90 7 Bill-to outlet number
G 97 928 Tax Data
One SA95 component is created per

document number and tax type. Tax data
is prepared in 1-10 segments according to
installation option OSA-TAXRPT.
031 TAXTYPE N 97 1 Tax type 1-5

032 TAXBODY A 98 3 Tax body 1 or 2 from OM01 connected to
the above tax type via installation option
OXX-TAXBOD (blank = no tax body
connected)
101 1 free

SA95
033 TAXBODNAM1 A 102 10 Tax body code interpretation (medium)

034 TAXBODNAM2 A 112 30 Tax body code interpretation (long)
035 TAXCLASS A 142 1 Tax class
036 TAXINCL A 143 1 Indicator for included/non- included tax
blank = non-included tax
1 = included tax
037 TAXTOTAL SN 144 13 Tax total for this tax type (with 4 additional
decimals)
157 3 free
G 160 80 Tax Segment 01
101 TAXCODE01 A 160 1 Article tax code -or-

'*'= more tax codes combined ac -
cording to OSA-TAXRPT option
102 TAXRATE01 N 161 5 Tax rate (AM09 field no. 797)
or
999.99 = different tax rates combined

according to OSA-TAXRPT option
103 TAXFIXAM01 SP 166 6 Fixed amount per unit tax (AM09 field no.
796)
or
All 9s = different rates com bined accord-

ing to OSA- TAXRPT option
104 TAXNAME01 A 172 24 Tax name (AM09, field no. 793)
or
if more tax codes are com bined according

SA95
to OSA-TAXRPT option, the name of the

highest tax code
105 TAXBASIN01 A 196 1 Tax base indicator (AM09 field no. 806)
blank = tax base is price list price -
adjustments
1 = tax base is retail price
2 = tax base is quantity
combineaccording to OSA-
TAXRPT option
106 TAXBASE01 SN 197 11 Tax base amount (if TAXBASIN01 = blank

or 1), excluding tax for both non-included
and in cluded taxes
106A TAXBASQT01 SN 197 11 Tax base quantity (if TAXBASIN01 = 2) 2

additional decimals for subunits)
107 TAXAMT01 SN 208 15 Tax amount (with 4 additional decimals for

included taxes, 0000 for non-included
taxes)
222 17 free
111 TAXCODE 02 (same as tax segment 01)

- 117 to TAXAMT02
121 TAXCODE03 (same as tax segment 01)

- 127 to TAXAMT03

- 137 to TAXAMT04

SA95
- 147 to TAXAMT05
1 51 TAXCODE06 (same as tax segment 01)

- 157 to TAXAMT06

- 167 to TAXAMT07

- 177 to TAXAMT08

- 187 to TAXAMT09
(Overflow segment)
191 TAXCODE10 This segment may contain more than 1 tax

class/tax code combination. In this case
the TAXCODE10 = '*', TAXRATE10 and
TAXFIXAM10 = zero and TAXNAME10 =
blank. Otherwise same as tax segment 01.
201 CRYCOD A 960 3 Currency code
210 REFDOCNUM A 963 11 Reference document number
217 FILLER016 A 974 51 Filler

SA952
SA952 TRANSACTION CURRENCY COMPONENT FOR SA TAX REPORT
ORG. LGTH KEY

1024
SA952 does not physically exist as a file

but is defined as a component in the XI01
data dictionary. It is included in the XL
object of program SAP340 for printing of
the invoice/tax register. All amounts are in
the transaction currency. The correspond-
ing booking currency amounts are pro-
vided in SA95.
G 1 32 Document number or from-to range
002 DOCUMENTNO A 1 11 Document number (or From document

number)
002A LOCATION A 1 2 Location
002B DOCID A 3 1 Document identification
002C DOCNUMBER A 4 7 Actual document number
002D DOCCHKDIG A 11 1 Check digit
NOTE
Other subfields may be added to the SA95
data dictionary, for example if a document
prefix is used.
003 DOCNOTO A 12 11 To- document number (or blank)
NOTE
A from-to document number range is only
created for consecutive unused documents
(DOCSTATUS not 1) with the same
settlement reference data.
005 DOCSTATUS A 23 1 Document status

0 = not yet used/returned
1 = used as invoice or delivery slip

SA952
3 = returned as unused
6 = returned as unproductive
9 = missing (on SA21 + FP01)
006 DOCORIGIN A 24 1 Document origin
blank = unused document
(DOCSTATUS not 1)
1 = IN, FP delivery invoice
3 = MI invoice
4 = SI summary invoice
5 = SI periodic discount credit note
6 = SI Full Service commission credit
note
8 = SM sampling document
007 BLANKDOC A 25 1 Blank document indicator

blank = preadressed document
1 = blank document
008 DOCCOUNT N 26 3 Number of documents (for document ranges)

'001' = single document
29 4 free
G A 3 16 3 reference (from FP01 file)

Settlement
Actual settlement data for DOCSTATUS 1,

3, 6 and DOCORIGIN 1, 2, 8 (document
processed by SM).
Scheduled settlement data for
DOCSTATUS 0 (not yet used).
Blank for DOCSTATUS = 9
(missing document numbers) or
DOCORIGIN 3, 4, 5, 6 (SI, MIinvoices).
011 SETTLOC A 33 2 Settlement location
012 SETTLDATE NP 35 4 Settlement date
013 SETTLDRIV A 39 4 Driver number (responsible for settlement)
014 SETTLNUMB N 43 1 Settlement number

SA952
44 5 free
G 49 48 Document reference
If DOCSTATUS = blank, fields contain

'scheduled' data from FP01. If
DOCSTATUS = 1, 3, 6, fields contain
'actual data'from SA21 or FP01.
If DOCSTATUS = 9, fields contain blanks/
zeros.
020 OUTLETNO NP 49 7 Outlet number (bill-to for SI)
021 DELDATE N 56 7 Delivery or invoice date (CYYMMDD)
022 DELTRANS N 63 3 Delivery transaction code
023 FREQCODE A 66 1 Billing, discount or credit frequency code

(only present for DOCORIGIN =4,5,6)
024 TAXCLASSES A 67 5 Tax classes 1-5
025 INVAMOUNT SN 72 11 Invoice amount (including or excluding tax

and deposit according to installation
option OXX-TAXFIL option C).
Zero for delivery slips
(DOCORIGIN = 2, 8).
026 BOLLAMOUNT SN 83 5 Italian tax stamp amount (with no addi-
tional decimals)

89 1 free
030 BILLTONO NP 90 7 Bill-to outlet number
G 97 928 Tax Data
One SA952 component is created per

document number and tax type. Tax data
is prepared in 1-10 segments according to
installation option OSA-TAXRPT.
031 TAXTYPE N 97 1 Tax type 1-5

032 TAXBODY A 98 3 Tax body 1 or 2 from OM01 connected to
the above tax type via installation option
OXX-TAXBOD (blank = no tax body
connected)
101 1 free

SA952
033 TAXBODNAM1 A 102 10 Tax body code interpretation (medium)

034 TAXBODNAM2 A 112 30 Tax body code interpretation (long)
035 TAXCLASS A 142 1 Tax class
036 TAXINCL A 143 1 Indicator for included/non- included tax
blank = non-included tax
1 = included tax
037 TAXTOTAL SN 144 13 Tax total for this tax type (with 4 additional
decimals)
157 3 free
101 TAXCODE01 A 160 1 Article tax code -or-

'*'= more tax codes combined ac -
cording to OSA-TAXRPT option
102 TAXRATE01 N 161 5 Tax rate (AM09 field no. 797)
or
999.99 = different tax rates combined

according to OSA-TAXRPT option
103 TAXFIXAM01 SP 166 6 Fixed amount per unit tax (AM09 field no.
796)
or
All 9s = different rates com bined accord-

ing to OSA- TAXRPT option
104 TAXNAME01 A 172 24 Tax name (AM09, field no. 793)
or
if more tax codes are com bined according

SA952
to OSA-TAXRPT option, the name of the

highest tax code
105 TAXBASIN01 A 196 1 Tax base indicator (AM09 field no. 806)
blank = tax base is price list price -
adjustments
1 = tax base is retail price
2 = tax base is quantity
combineaccording to OSA-
TAXRPT option
106 TAXBASE01 SN 197 11 Tax base amount (if TAXBASIN01 = blank

or 1), excluding tax for both non-included
and in cluded taxes
106A TAXBASQT01 SN 197 11 Tax base quantity (if TAXBASIN01 = 2) 2

additional decimals for subunits)
107 TAXAMT01 SN 208 15 Tax amount (with 4 additional decimals for

included taxes, 0000 for non-included
taxes)
222 17 free
111 TAXCODE 02 (same as tax segment 01)

- 117 to TAXAMT02

- 127 to TAXAMT03

- 137 to TAXAMT04

SA952
- 147 to TAXAMT05
1 51 TAXCODE06 (same as tax segment 01)

- 157 to TAXAMT06

- 167 to TAXAMT07

- 177 to TAXAMT08

- 187 to TAXAMT09
(Overflow segment)
191 TAXCODE10 This segment may contain more than 1 tax

class/tax code combination. In this case
the TAXCODE10 = '*', TAXRATE10 and
TAXFIXAM10 = zero and TAXNAME10 =
blank. Otherwise same as tax segment 01.
201 CRYCOD A 960 3 Currency code
210 REFDOCNUM A 963 11 Reference document number
217 FILLER016 A 974 51 Filler

SB01
SB01 SALES BUDGET
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 512 35
K A 2 33 free (binary zeroes)
K NP 35 2 Record number
NP 37 3 Last update date
G 41 465 Budgeted periods

(93*5)
N 2 Budget year
A 1 Period type
N 2 Period number
509 4 free
A 1 1 Reserved
015 K BUDGETTYPE A 2 1 Budget type
K N 3 2 Budget year
K A 5 1 Period type
K N 6 2 Period number
K A 8 4 Type of business segment
K 16 12 free
K N 28 1 Key indicator
'0' = total business segment
'1' = article group
'2' = article
K NP 29 3 Article sequence number
K A 29 2 Article grouping type
K N 31 2 Article group
K A 33 2 free

SB01
38 27 free
65 448 Variable part for segments (up to 7
segments 64 bytes each) the following
segments may occur:
per article:
XX05.A1, XX05.B1, XX05.B3, XX05.B5,
XX05.C, XX05.D, XX05.E, XX05.G,
XX05.J.
per business segment or outlet:

XX05.A1, XX05.M2, XX05.M3,
XX05.N, XX05.O, XX05.P, XX05.Q,
XX05.R, XX05.S, XX05.V, XX05.W,
XX05.X, XX05.Y
(segments are not in any certain se-
quence)

SB01A1
SB01A1 SALES BUDGET FILE

Alternate Index
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 512 35
This alternate index file is used by

DSP260 and DSP265 to load the budget
data for Daily Statistics. The following field
sequence defines the alternate index:
N 3 2 Budget year
A 5 1 Period type
N 6 2 Period number
A 8 4 Type of business segment
A 28 1 Key indicator
A 29 6 Article or article group data
A 2 1 Budget type
NP 35 2 Record number

SB01A1

SB60
SB60 SALES BUDGET PRINT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 512 35
A 1 1 Reserve
K A 2 1 Budget type
K A 3 4 Type of business segment
K N 7 1 Key indicator
K NP 8 3 Article Sequence number
K A 8 2 Article grouping
K N 10 2 Article group
K A 12 2 free
K A 18 12 free
K N 30 2 Budget year
K A 32 1 Period type
K N 33 2 Period number
LAST REC IND A 37 1 Last record indicator
38 27 free
VARIABLE 65 7*64 Variable part - segments

SB60

SD05
SD05 COMMENT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 27
A 1 1 Record status
G 2 27 Key field
010 K KEYCMBTYPE A 2 4 Business segment

015 K KEYCMBVAL A 6 16 Business segment value
K A 22 4 Blank
020 K SEQNO N 26 3 Sequence number
025 COMMENT1 A 29 30 Comment1

030 COMMENT2 A 59 30 Comment2
89 8 free

SD05

SD21

(Alternate Index File for SD22 Outlet Sales Data Base)
ORG. LGTH. KEY

A 512 712
The record layout is identical to SD22 Outlet Sales Data Base
1 4 see SD22
K(2) A 5 7 Alternate key. second port

K(1) A 12 2 Alternate key first port
14 499 see SD22

SD21

SD22

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 512 11

K A 7 2 ll = location
bb = company
A 14 19 free
G 33 64 Information for current and

(2*32) reference period
N 2 Period year (see NOTE)

A 1 Period type (see NOTE)
N 2 Period number (see NOTE)
N 7 Starting date
N 7 Ending date
13 free
97 20 free
A 120 1 Conversion flag
G 121 16 Processing dates
NP 121 4 Current processing date

NP 125 4 Previous processing date
NP 133 4 Latest extraction date
NP 137 4 Date of scheduled stop
141 149 free
NOTE
After a merge is performed, the period
name for the corresponding reference
period is blank.

SD22
Tail part
G 290 174 Extended information of the OSD-

XSD22option
19*9
1 Letter of identification
3 Actual value used for merging
5 Number of overflows
461 2 Reserved
A 463 1 '1' = Self-Aligning Performance Control

(SAPC) enabled
NOTE
For details about the ID number, the
values needed for merging, the typical/
maximum number of overflows, and for
more information about the SAPC, see the
OSD-XSD22 option in the B7 System
Control File Layout manual as well as the
subsection "OSD-XSD22" in the chapter
"Installation" in the Sales Data Base
Application Manual.
NP 464 4 Maximum number of articles

A 468 1 'A' = Indication of the presence of an
article number > 9999
NP 469 4 Size of the used partitioned data portion of

the main memory
A 473 1 'S' = Indication of the partitioned data
portion overflow
NP 474 4 Beginning date of the run

NP 478 5 Beginning time of the run
NP 483 4 Ending date of the run

NP 487 5 Ending time of the run
NP 492 4 Elapsed run time [SSSSSSdd], where S

stands for seconds (unit of time) and d
NP 496 5 Elapsed run time [HHMMSSdd], where H

stands for hours, M stands for minutes, S
stands for seconds (unit of time), and d
A 501 10 Creation function identification

A 511 2 Creation program modification level

SD22

Data Record
A 1 1 Record status
Common part
K A 3 2 free (blank)
K NP 9 3 Consecutive number per outlet
K NP 12 2 Record number within OM01 data set

L = last record
A 15 1 Indicator for last combination
L = last combination
16 17 free
Fixed part
A 34 3 Market segment
A 37 3 Distribution channel
NP 40 3 Key account
A 43 30 User key combination
73 24 free
G Variable part for segments

(Up to 15 segments per 32 bytes)
97 416 Segment area in record 01

(13 segments)
or
33 480 Segment area in record 02-99

(15 segments)

SD22
The following segments may

occur:
per article:
XX04.B1, XX04.B3, XX04.B5,

XX04.D, XX04.E, XX04.G, XX04.J
C = Adjustment class assigned to
promotions
per outlet:
XX04.M2, XX04.M3, XX04.M4,

XX04.O , XX04.P , XX04.Q,
XX04.R , XX04.S , XX04.V,
XX04.W , XX04.X , XX04.Y

SD26

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 512 25

K A 3 4 Blank
K A 7 2 ll = location
bb = company
K A 9 19 Blank
28 5 free
Further record layout for header record is

identical to SD22.

SD26

Data Record
A 1 1 Record status
G 3 25 Key field
K A 3 4 Business segment
K A 23 1 Period type (only in multiperiod files)
K N 24 2 Period number (only in multiperiod files)
K BIN 26 2 Record number within the business
segment that can have a value from 1 to
9999

L = last record
N 29 1 Summary level
30 3 free
G 33 480 Variable part for segments
(Up to 15 segments per 32 bytes)
per article:
XX04.B1, XX04.B3, XX04.B5,

XX04.D , XX04.E , XX04.G, XX04.J
per business segment:
XX04.A1, XX04.A2, XX04.M2,

XX04.M3, XX04.M4, XX04.O,
XX04.P , XX04.Q , XX04.R,
XX04.S , XX04.V , XX04.W,
XX04.X , XX04.Y

SD28

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 33
A 1 1 'H' Record Status
G 2 33 Header Key
K A 2 1 Low Value - for sequencing reason

K A 3 2 Period Year
K A 5 1 Period Type
K A 8 27 free
G 35 2 Data Part 6
A 35 2 free
A 53 44 free

SD28

Data Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 6 933
A 1 1 Reserved
G 2 33 Data Record Key
K A 2 1 free
K A 3 2 Period Year
K A 5 1 Period Type
K A 8 4 Key combination of the business segment

(eventually location)
K A 12 16 Value of business segment combination

(eventually location code)
K A 28 1 Key indicator for following redefined area:

0 = total level
1 = article group
2 = single article
G 29 Total/Article Group/ Single Article Defini-

tion
K A 29 6 1) Total Level - the field is high value
K A 29 2 2) Article Grouping Type
K A 31 2 Article Group
K A 33 2 free
K NP 29 3 3) Article Sequence Number
K NP 32 3 Article Number

SD28

Data Record
G 35 2 Data Part 6
A 35 2 Reserved for CS (location code)
NP 53 4 Number of Outlets in Current Period
NP 57 4 Number of Outlets in Previous Period
NP 61 4 Number of New Outlets
NP 65 4 Number of Indirect Outlets
NP 69 4 Number of Prospective Outlets
NP 73 4 Number of Active Outlets
A 77 16 free
A 93 4 Overflow Indicator
NOTE
Not all outlet types are counted at every
level. Outlets in the current period and
outlets in the previous period are counted
at all levels, single article, article group,
and total level; new outlets are counted at
the article and article group level, but not at
the total level; and indirect, prospective,
and active outlets are counted only at the
total level.

SD28

SD29
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 108 23
RECSTAT A 1 1 Blank
K KEYCOMB A 2 4 Key combination
K A 6 16 Binary zero
K A 22 3 Binary zero
A 25 2 Current user ID
27 42 free

SD29

(Key Combination Access Record)
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 108 23
RECSTAT A 1 1 Blank
K KEYCOMB A 2 4 Key combination
K KEYCMBVAL A 6 16 Key combination value
K RECNO NP 22 5 Record Number
G 27 42 Outlet Information
(11*4)
NP 7 Outlet number

SD30
SD30 SUMMARY LEVEL WORK FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 64
A 1 1 Record status
6 21 free
G 7 32 2
4 OM01 fields included in the key
(4*8)
A 4 Field number
N 2 Start position
A 59 4 Reference business segment

N 63 1 Summary level
64 1 free

SD30

SD44
SD44 NORMALIZED SALES EXTRACT FILE FROM SD22

Labeled according to SD file label format (D4ytnn)
ORG. LGTH. KEY

I 35 16
K OUTNUM NP 1 7 Outlet number
K ARTNUM NP 5 9 BASIS article number
K POLIDF A 10 7 OXX-POOL identifier (for information

about OXX-POOL, see the OXX-POOL
option in the B7 manual and "Statistics
Fields" in the B3 manual)
FLDIDF A 17 1 Field identifier (from position 18 of the

corresponding OXX-POOL option)
1 = quantity
2 = amount
etc.
NMCPKD018 NP 18 18 Numeric packed field, 18 positions with 4

decimal places.
Quantity or amount depending on field
identifier FLDIDF in position 17 of this
record.
NOTES
Amounts and quantities are always ex-
pressed with four decimal places.
Subunits are expressed in decimal values.

For example, 6 bottles of a 24-bottle case
is 0.2500 units.

SD44

SD66
SD66 BUSINESS SEGMENT SALES DATA BASE ACCESS FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 48
A 1 1 Record code
N 2 1 Summary level
A 23 25 Access key to SD26 (indexed key)
48 1 free

SD66

SI60
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 2048
1 16 Each record contains 16

*128 segments of 128 bytes.
The following segments hold transaction

related data and are defined in the data
dictionary under component name SI60x.
(x = letter A - Z)
A = invoice or credit note header

B = ship to header
C = delivery slip reference (header)
D = outlet messages (per bill- to)
E = equipment/vending machine (per
ship-to)
G= article data
I = adjustment ((per article or in total or
recap)
K = cash collected/retail amount
L = tax (non-incl.)
T = total (per delivery, ship-to or per
invoice/creditnote)
Z = common messages (entered as
run option)
The following segments hold article or

outlet master data according to OM and
AM data dictionary (no data dictionary for
SI60.1/2 exists):
1 = OM02 data
2 = AM01 data according AM01 defintion
4 = AM03 data for product split

SI60
This file is used for all 4 types of SI printed

documents:
1 = summary invoices
2 = invoice summaries
3 = Full Service commission notes
4 = periodic discount credit notes
1 2 3 4
A inv. header x x x x
B ship-to header x x x x
C del. slip ref. x x
D outlet
messages x x
E equipment x x x
G article x x x x
I adjustment x x x x
K cash coll. x x (x )
L tax x x x x
T total x x x x
Z common
messages x x x x
1 OM02 data x x x x
2 AM01 data x x x x
4 AM03 data x
Whenever fields within segments are used

differently or are not requested by certain
types 1, 2, and 4, this is indicated in the
individual segment layouts.

SI60.1
SI60.1 CREDIT MASTER DATA SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
A 1 1 Segment-ID '1'
A 2 127 The first '1' segment holds pos. 3 - 129 of

OM02, the second '1'-segment holds
pos.130 - 256 of OM02.
2 consecutive '1'-segments always follow

the invoice header segment A, or, if present,
the outlet messages segment D.
The SI summarization program creates

these 2 segments by copying pos. 3 - 256
of the OM02 bill-to record.
The print program loads the 2 '1'-segments

into the OM02 com ponent of the object.

SI60.1

SI60.2
SI60.2 ARTICLE MASTER SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
ARTNAME A 1 24 Article name
SHORTNAME A 25 10 Article short name
MININAME A 35 5 Artilce mini name (only in first language)
NOTE
Programs using this file insert a mini name
in a second language when needed.
NATARTNO1 A 40 13 National article number
ARTNO N 53 4 Article number
57 1 free
TAXCODE1 A 58 1 Article tax code 1
WEIGHT NP 63 3 Weight per unit
CUBE NP 66 3 Cube per unit
SUBUNITS N 69 3 Number of subunits
USRARE030G A 72 30 User area data from AM01/USRARE030G

SI60.2

SI60.4
SI60.4 GROUPING LIST SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
A 2 53 Holds AM03 fields of the fixed part pos. 1-53.
A '4'-segment is only created if the OM02

print options 65, A-Z = separate invoices
per product group. It follows the second '1'
segment, which in turn follows the A-
invoice header segment. This segment
contains AM03 data pertaining to the
grouping list which was used for product
splitting.
The SI print program loads this segment

into the AM03 component of the object,
from where the explanation text can be
printed at the bottom or top of the invoice.
The field 818 = GRPLSTNAME contains all

*'s for the invoice with remaining articles
which were not covered by any of the
grouping list names in OXX-ARTGRP
option.

SI60.4

SI60.A
SI60.A INVOICE HEADER SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
1 1 Segment code 'A'
G 2 1 Invoice (or credit note) key2 fields
011 BILLTO N 2 7 Bill-to (or discount-to or credit-to) number

012 BILLFREQ A 9 1 Billing (or discount or credit) frequency
code
013 INVTAXBTY1 A 10 1 * Taxability code (from AM05 or
* AM07), for non-included taxes,
* tax types 1-5
014 2 A 11 1 * blank = tax type not in use or
015 3 A 12 1 * tax included in price
016 4 A 13 1 * 1 - 5 = non-incl. tax to
* be calculated
017 5 A 14 1 * according to tax class
018 INVTAXCLS 1 A 15 1 * Outlet tax class, tax types
* 1- 5
019 2 A 16 1 * blank = tax type not in use or
* outlet
020 3 A 17 1 * is tax-exempt
021 4 A 18 1 * else = outlet is taxable
022 5 A 19 1 *
20 3 free
G 23 101 Other invoice (or credit note) related

fields and totals
026 INVSHIPTO N 23 7 Ship-to number (only present if

OM02 invoice level 8 or 9 = separate
invoice per ship-to or per delivery)
027 INVNO A 30 11 Invoice number (or invoice summary
reference no.)
028 INVDATE N 41 7 Invoice date (format CYYMMDD)

SI60.A
029 INVSELDAT1 N 48 7 Selection date 1

- delivery up-to date from option screen
SIS02 (summary invoices and invoice
summaries)
- period from-date from option screen
SIS05 (Full Service commission and
periodic discount)
030 INVSELDAT2 N 557Selection date 2
- zero for summary invoices and invoice
summaries
- period to-date from option screen
SIS05 (Full Service commission and
periodic discount)
031 INVFRDATE N 62 7 Delivery from-date (lowest within inv. or
credit note)
032 INVTODATE N 69 7 Delivery to-date (highest within inv. or
credit note)
033 INVOUTLETS N 76 4 No. of ship-to summaries
034 INVDELIV N 80 4 No. of deliveries
035 INVAMOUNT N 84 11 Total invoiced amount (incl. tax) (only
supported for periodic discount and Full
Service commission)
036 INVPROJFCT S 95 7.3 Projection factor for new ship- to/discount-
to outlet (only supported for periodic
discount format xxxx.xxx) (3 decimal
positions)
037 BOLLOAMT N 102 5 Tax stamp amount 'BOLLO' (in cluded in
total invoice amount)
039 DUEDATE N 108 7 Due date
115 9 free

SI60.A
G 124 5 Indicator fields
A 124 1 Invoice type indicator

1 = ship-to/bill-to invoice or ship-to /dis
count-to credit note
2 = bill-to invoice with multi ple ship-to
summaries
- or-discount-to/credit
- to credit note with multi ple ship-to
summaries
3 = separate invoice per ship-to or per
delivery (only applicable to summary
invoices)
A 125 1 Full Service indicator (deter mined from
delivery transaction code of first delivery of
first ship-to)
0 = normal business
1 = Full Service type 1
(blank for Full Service commision and
periodic discount credit notes)
A 126 1 Suppress printing
1 = do not execute header print list, but
move data to object
A 127 1 Split invoice indicator (set if OM02 print
option 65 is 1, or A-Z = separate invoice
for empties or per product group)
0 = invoice with product + empties
1 = invoice with products only
2 = invoice with empties only
3 = invoice with products split (only
articles of the grouping list in AM03
component are present, or all remaining
articles if AM03 GRPLSTNAME = all *'s)
(blank for Full Service commission and
periodic discount credit notes)

SI60.A
A 128 1 Debit/Credit indicator (set according

TOTAMOUNT of SI60T or special calcula-
tion if OXX-ITALY option is present)
1 = final amount is positive (debit)
2 = final amount is negative (credit)
3 = final amount is zero
4 = no adjustment was calculated (only
possible for Full Service commission
and periodic discount)

SI60.B
SI60.B SHIP-TO HEADER SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
042 SHIPTO N 2 7 Ship-to outlet number
043 SHPFRDATE N 9 7 Delivery from-date * covered

* by
044 SHPTODATE N 16 7 Delivery to-date * this
* ship-to
045 SHPDELIV N 23 4 No. of deliveries * outlet
G 27 97 Totals for periodic discount and Full

Service commission only
046 SHPEQUIP N 27 4 No. of vending machines (equipment

records) present for this ship-to (Full
Service type 2 only)
047 SHPQTYUN S 31 8 Total quantity, units
048 SHPQTYSUB S 39 8 Total quantity, subunits (excluding emp-

ties)
049 SHPTOTAMT S 47 11 Total invoice amount (TOAC) for periodic

discount or total retail amount (TOAR) for
Full Service commission (including emp-
ties and tax)
050 SHPPROJFCT S 58 7.3 Projection factor for new outlets (ratio

between full discount period and period
starting with OM creation date; used for
adjustment scale calculation) format:
XXXX.XXX (3 decimal positions)
65 59 free

SI60.B
A 124 1 Ship-to indicator (within invoice or credit

note)
1 = first ship-to
2 = last ship-to
3 = only ship-to (first and last)
125 4 free

SI60.C
SI60.C DELIVERY SLIP REFERENCE SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
062 DELDATE N 2 7 Delivery date

063 DELDOCNO A 9 11 Delivery document number
064 DELDRIVER A 20 4 Delivery driver
065 DELTRNS A 24 3 Delivery transaction code
066 DELPRCDAT N 27 7 Pricing date
067 DELBUSTYP A 34 1 Business type (from OM01 or manual
override)
069 DELINFO1 A 35 11 Delivery information 1 * see

070 DELINFO2 A 46 11 Delivery information 2 * note
071 DELINFO3 A 57 11 Delivery information 3 *1
68 1 free
G 69 55 Totals per delivery slip (see note 2)
S 69 11 Total amount calculated incl. tax (TOAC)

S 80 11 Total tax amount calculated (from H
segments, or from J segments when there
is an empty/product split)
S 91 11 Total salesman amount (TOAM only
extended delivery slips)
S 102 11 Total salesman tax (all TAXx, x=tax type 1-
5, only extended delivery slips)
S 113 11 Cash to be refunded (CACO+CADC for
normal delivery slips or TOAR-DCCC for
Full Service)
124 5 Indicator fields
A 124 1 Delivery indicator (within ship- to or invoice)

1 = first delivery
2 = last delivery
3 = only delivery (first and last)
125 4 free

SI60.C
NOTE 1)
The delivery information fields originate from
RS41 D-segments. The contents of fields is
determined by the sequence of internal data-
identifiers on the OSI ADDINF installation
option.
NOTE 2)
These 5 fields are not part of the SI60C
data dictionary and are only moved to the
SI60T component or to the SI60K compo-
nent.

SI60.D
SI60.D OUTLET MESSAGES SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
A 1 1 Segment code 'D'
082 MSGCODE1 A 2 2 Message 1-message code (from OM02)

083 MSGTEXT1 A 4 30 -text (from OM05)
98 26 free
C 124 5 Indicator fields
124 5 free
Data copied from OM05 according to

OM02 message codes. No D-segment is
present if all 3 message codes from OM02
are blank.

SI60.D

SI60.E
SI60.E EQUIPMENT SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
1 1 Segment code 'E'
092 EQUIPNO N 2 7 Equipment number

093 EQINSTNO N 9 1 Equipment installation number (1 - 9)
094 EQINSTDAT N 10 7 Equipment installation date
095 EQRETRNDAT N 17 7 Equipment return date
096 EQUIPTYPE A 24 4 Equipment type
097 EQUIPTEXT A 28 30 Equipment text field (= code interpretation
of Equipment type OM16, field no. 833 -
only supported on company level)
58 66 free
A 124 1 Equipment indicator (within ship-to)

1 = first equipment segment
2 = last equipment segment
3 = only equipment segment (first
and last)
125 4 free
NOTE
1) One segment created per OM16 record.
2) Summary invoices:
E-segments only created for Full
Service type 1.
3) Full Service type 2 commission notes:
according to print option 85.

SI60.E

SI60.G
SI60.G ARTICLE SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128

105 RETPRICE S 18 7 Retail price (optional - see note 2)
106 QTYUNITS S 25 8 Product quantity, units or net empties

(fields 108 + 109 + 110)
107 QTYSUBUN S 33 8 Product quantity, subunits
108 EMPTYIMPL S 41 8 Empty quantity, implied
109 EMPTYRET S 49 8 Empty quantity, returned (negative)
110 EMPTYDEL S 57 8 Empty quantity, delivered (positive)
111 ARTGROSS S 65 11 Article gross amount quantity (quantity x

price list price)
114 ARTRETAMT S 76 11 Article retail amount (quantity x retail price)
115 ARTADJAMT S 87 10 Total adjustment amount for this article, sum

of all adjustment lists (only supported for
periodic discounts, print option 78 = 1 or 2)
116 DEPOSITUN S 97 7 Deposit value of implied empty, unit

(according to OSI-SIPRT option, optional)
117 DEPOSITSUB S 104 7 Deposit value of implied empty, subunit

(optional)
118 DPOSITAMT S 111 11 Total deposit of implied empties, units +

subunits (optional)
119 SGMTYP A 122 1 Segment type

b = normal G-segment for delivered/
returned articles
3 = empty inventory from RS21 (only
present if OM02 print option 76 is on)
5 = empty components (only present if
OM02 print option 74 is on)
123 1 free

SI60.G
A 124 1 Level indicator

0 = per delivery slip
1 = on ship-to summary
2 = invoice or credit note
A 125 1 Extension indicator
a) Summary invoices and invoice sumaries:

0 = non-extended article (print option
69/70/71 = 1)
1 = extended article (print option
69/70/71 = 2–5)
b) periodic discount:
0 = article with total adjustment
amount for this article in field 115
(print option 78 = 1 or 2)
1 = article with adjustment details follow-
ing, if present (print option 78 = 3 or
4)
A 126 1 Adjustment indicator

0 = no adjustment segment for this
article
1 = one or more adjustment segments
'I1' follow

SI60.G
A 127 1 Article indicator (within subtotal group)

1 = first article segment
2 = last article segment
3 = only article (first and last)
A 128 1 Article indicator (within article section) 0, 1,

2, 3 see above
NOTES
1 ) One G-segment exists per article
number/price/ retail price.
2 ) Retail price is always present for Full
Service type 1 invoices, optionally
present for normal business invoices.
The retail price is always zero for
periodic discount and Full Service type
2 commission.
3) A G-segment is always followed by a

'2'-segment (AM80 component).

SI60.G

SI60.I
SI60.I ADJUSTMENT SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128

A 2 1 Segment type
'1' = adjustment per article
'2' = adjustment in total
'3' = adjustment recap

125 ADJTAXCOD2 A 11 1 * Article tax codes from AM01
126 ADJTAXCOD3 A 12 1 * for tax types 1 - 5
127 ADJTAXCOD4 A 13 1 * (see note 3)
130 ADJIND A 15 1 Adjustment indicator from AM07

(1 - 4)
131 ADJRATE S 16 7 Adjustment rate (format according to adj.
ind. 1-4)
131A ADJRATE1 7.3 Percentage stored negative (adj.ind. 1)
131B ADJRATE2 7.1 $ value per unit, stored negative (adj.ind. 2
or 5 or 6)
131C ADJRATE3 7.0 Net price, stored positive (adj.ind. 3 or 7)
131D ADJRATE4 7.0 Free case quantity, stored negative
(adj.ind. 4)
133 ADJBASE S 23 11 Adjustment base (format according to adj.

ind. 1-4) (see note 5)
133A ADJBASE1 11.0 Amount, stored positive (adj.ind. 1)
133B ADJBASE2 11.3 Quantity, stored positive (adj.ind. 2 or 5 or
6)
133C ADJBASE3 11.3 Quantity, stored positive (adj.ind. 3 or 7)
133D ADJBASE4 11.3 Total quantity incl. free cases, stored
positive (adj.ind. 4)

SI60.I
134 ADJAMT S 34 10 Adjustment amount, stored as negative,

rounded
135 ADJSUBLIST N 44 1 Adjustment sublist number 1-5 (see note 6)
G 45 9 AM07 fields 7
according to AM87 component system

defined area; user-defined fields, if
present, follow in a special '3'-segment.

2 = on invoice
A 125 1 Adjustment indicator for delivery-based

adjustment + summary invoice rebates,
1xx-5xx (within article or in total or recap)
1 = first adjustment
2 = last adjustment
3 = only adjustment (first and last)
A 126 1 Adjustment indicator for periodic discount

and Full Service commission, 6xx-9xx
(within article or in total) 0, 1, 2, 3 see
above
A 127 1 Net price indicator (only set if OM02 print

options 66 = 1)
'1' = This adjustment is followed by a net
price adjustment.(##OBJCND44
is on in Print List SIPL04 to suppress
printing of all adjustments preceded
by a price).
128 1 free

SI60.I
NOTES
1) Adjustments possible per type of SI
document
• 1xx-5xx summary invoice
• 1xx-5xx invoice summaries
• 1xx-5xx (as memo) periodic
6xx-9xx discount
• 8xx-9xx (as memo) Full Service
comm.
2) Adjustment segments are prepared per
article (type 1) or in total (type 2) de-
pending on the AM07 adj. print indicator
(1 = per article, 9 = in total). Adjustment
recaps (type 3) are only supported for
summary invoices and inv.summaries
(according print options 69,70,71).
3) One segment is created per

adjustmet sequence number/list
number/tax codes 1-5/sublist/adjust-
ment indicator/rate (field numbers.
122-131 and 135). For segment type
3 (adjustment recap), fields 124-131
are zero in other words, adjustment
recap per adjustment sequence
number/list number/sublist only.
4) The article tax codes (fields 124-128)

are required for adjustments in total to
provide an adjustment amount per tax
rate within an adjustment list (for
example SI rebate is defined by one
adjustment list for taxable as well as
tax free articles); for adjustments per
article, the article tax codes are of no
importance (only one applies).
5) Possible subunits included in base

fields ADJBASE2, 3, 4 are stored as
decimal fractions (for example, 1 unit
+ 6 subunits of COKE LITER = 1.500)
6) The sublist is used as key field for

creation of adjustments in total (I2)
segments. The sublist name is option-
ally available for printing in AM87
component if field 766 - SUBLINAME
is present in the user-defined area of
AM87 data dictionary.

SI60.I

SI60.K
SI60.K CASH COLLECTED/RETAIL AMOUNT SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
A 1 1 Segment code 'K'
160 CASHREFUND S 2 11 Cash to be refunded via summary invoice

or invoice summary (stored negative):
a) prepayment (.CACO) in normal business
b) retail amount (*TOAR) - cash difference
charged to outlet (*DCCC) for Full Service
type 1
NOTE
For Full Service type 2 commission, this
field stores the total debit and payments
amount (*TCPA).
161 CASHDISCNT S 13 11 Cash discount (stored negative) (.CADC)

For Full Service type 2, this field stores
tokens (.TKVD).
NOTE
Field 160, 161 is zero for Periodic Discount.
G 24 88 Full Service amount fields

(stored positive):
162 RETAILAMT S 24 11 Retail amount (*TOAR)

163 CASHCOLL S 35 11 Cash collected (.CACO)
164 CSHCHANGE S 46 11 Change placed, optional (.CAFU)
165 CSHSLUGS S 57 11 Slugs, optional (.CASL)
166 CSHJACKPOT S 68 11 Jackpots, optional (.CAJP)

167 CSHROBBERY S 79 11 Robberies, optional (.CARO)
168 CSHDIFF S 90 11 Cash difference, optional (*DICC)

SI60.K
169 CSHDIFCHRG S 101 11 Cash diff. charged to outlet, optional (*DCCC)

170 CSHVANDAL S 112 11 Vandalism, optional (CAVA)
123 1 free

2 = on invoice or credit note
125 4 free
NOTES
1) A K - segment is present for
- normal business, if a .CACO is
present
- Full Service type 1 invoices (always)
- Full Service type 2 commission
notes optionally (according print
option 87)
2) For origin and contents of Full Service
amount fields refer to B2, FULL SERV-
ICE and B3, DATA IDENTIFIERS.

SI60.L
SI60.L TAX SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
172 TAXTYPE A 2 1 Tax type 1 - 5 * tax

173 TAXCLASS A 3 1 Outlet tax class * code
* combina-
174 TAXCODE A 4 1 Article tax code * tion
175 TAXABLE S 5 11 Taxable amount

175A TAXABLEQTY S 5 11.2 Tax base is a quantity (with 2 decimal
positions for subunits)
177 TAXTOT S 27 11 Total amount (taxable + tax)
38 2 free
G 40 62 Fields from AM09 Tax Master File
180 TAXFRDATE N 40 7 Effective from-date

181 TAXTODATE N 47 7 Effective to-date
183 TAXPERUNIT SP 78 6 Fixed amount per unit tax rate
184 TAXRATE S 84 5.2 Tax rate (XXX.XX%)
185 TAXFACTOR SP 89 6 Multiplication factor for tax, used for outlet
tax calculation, defined as 11.8 in the XI01
data dictionary.
186 TAXFACTEXT SP 95 6 Multiplication factor for extended amt.,
defined as 11.8 in the data dictionary.
2 = on retail price
102 22 free
PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS

SI60.L
G A 124 5 Indicator fields
A 124 1 Level indicator (see note 2)

2 = on invoice or credit note
A 125 1 Tax indicator (within level 0, 1, 2 see
above)
1 = first tax segment
2 = last tax segment
3 = only tax segment (first and last)
126 3 free
NOTE
1) One tax segment is present per tax
code combination (fields 172-174).
2) Levels 0 and 1 (tax per delivery slip
and per ship-to) are optionally sup-
ported for summary invoices and
invoice summaries (see OM02 print
options 69, 70).

SI60.T
SI60.T TOTAL SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
A 1 1 Segment code 'T'
190 TOTBEFTAX S 2 11 Total amount before tax (see note 1)

191 TOTTAX S 13 11 Total tax amount (all tax types and rates)
192 TOTAMOUNT S 24 11 Total invoice or credit amount (incl.tax)
193 TOTTOPA S 35 11 Total to pay (see note 2)
G 46 66 For extended delivery slips and delivery

invoices only:
(see note 3)
194 TOTSLMAMT S 46 11 Salesman calculated amount (.TOAM)

195 TOTSLMTAX S 57 11 Salesman calculated tax, optional (all .TAXx,
x=1-5)
196 TOTSSDIF1 S 68 11 Calculation errors absorbed by the com-
pany (including tax differences) (.DIF1 or
.DIF2)
197 TOTSSDIF2 S 79 11 Calculation errors for which a correction
slip was printed (including tax differences
(.DIF5 or .DIF6)
198 TOTTAXDIF1 S 90 11 Tax differences absorbed by the company
(all .DTx1, and .DTx2, x=1-5)
199 TOTTAXDIF2 S 101 11 Tax differences for which a correction slip
was printed (all .DTx5, and .DTx6, x=1-5)
112 12 free

2 = on invoice
125 4 free

SI60.T
NOTE
1) Total amount before tax includes
+ article gross amounts (SI60G, field 111)

- adjustment amounts (SI60I, field 134
per article and in total, not recap
2) Total to pay is calculated from
+ total invoice or credit amount

- cash refund (SI60K, field 160)
- cash discount (SI60K, field 161)
3) The salesman calculated amount/tax and

possible differences are available on
delivery slip level (level indicator = 0) and
can be used for reference printing on
summary invoices and invoice summa-
ries (for example DEL.SLIP 100.00
ORIGINAL 99.00). TOTSSDIF1 and
TOTTAXDIF1 (differences absorbed by
the company) are only possible for in-
voice summaries.

SI60.Z
SI60.Z COMMON MESSAGES SEGMENT
ORG. LGTH KEY

128
A 1 1 Segment code 'Z'
G 2 96 Messages from SIS02 run option screen
002 COMMSGCOD1 A 2 2 Message 1 - message code (from SIS02)

003 COMMSGTXT1 A 4 30 - text (from OM05)
98 26 free
This is the first segment on SI60 and is

once loaded into component SI60Z of the
object and not changed for the whole print
run.
A 124 1 Indicator for presence of SI60.3 segment

(set by create Print File program if AM87
contains user defined fields)
1 = SI60.3 segment follows every SI60.I
125 4 free

SI60.Z

SI81
ORG. LGTH KEY

512
SI81 does not physically exist as a file but

is defined as 'component' in the XI01 data
dictionary. It is part of the XL object and
the fields are computed by the generic
print program per print line.
G 1 0 Subtotals within article 1

(summary invoices and invoice summaries
only)
201 ARTNET S 1 10 Article net amount (article gross - adjust-

ments per article if present)
G 11 9 Subtotals within subtotal5group

(see note 3)
204 SUBTOTQTY1 S 11 8 Quantity units (or net empties)

205 SUBTOTQSU1 S 19 8 Quantity subunits
206 SUBTOTGRS1 S 27 11 Gross amount (article gross)
207 SUBTOTADJ1 S 38 10 Adjustment amount (adjustment per
article)
208 SUBTOTNET1 A 48 11 Net amount (article gross adjustment per
article)
209 SUBTOTRET1 S 59 11 Retail amount
G 70 59 Subtotals within level of printing

(i.e. invoice/credit note or ship-to summary
or delivery slip)
210 SUBTOTQTY2 S 70 8 Quantity units (or net empties)

211 SUBTOTQSU2 S 78 8 Quantity subunits
212 SUBTOTGRS2 S 86 11 Gross amount (article gross)
213 SUBTOTADJ2 S 97 10 Adjustment amount (adjustment per article
+ adjustment in total)
214 SUBTOTNET2 S 107 11 Net amount (gross - adjustment per article -
adjustment in total)
215 SUBTOTRET2 S 118 11 Retail amount

SI81
G 129 22 Counter fields
216 COUNTSHP N 129 3 Ship-to summaries within in voice or credit

note
217 COUNTDEL N 132 3 Deliveries within ship-to or bill-to (summary
invoices or in voice summaries only)
218 COUNTEQUIP N 135 2 Equipment segments within ship-to or
ship-to/bill-to (Full Service only)
219 COUNTART1 N 137 3 Articles within subtotal group
220 COUNTART2 N 140 3 Articles within level of printing (see above)
221 COUNTADJ N 143 2 Adjustments within article

--or--
adjustments in total
--or--
adjustment recap lines (within level of print-
ing)
222 COUNTTAX N 145 2 Tax segments within level of printing
223 COUNTDUPL N 147 1 Duplicate invoice counter (OM02 print
option 62)
0 =original is being printed
1-9 = copy number being printed
224 COUNTPAGE N 148 3 Page counter
- starting from 1 per ship-to and per bill-
to for summary invoices, invoice
summaries and periodic discount
- numbering within credit-to for Full
Service commission or starting with 1
per ship-to if print option 86 = 1

SI81
G 151 64 User fields
230 USERAMT1 S 151 11 Amount field 1

235 USERCNT1 N 206 3 Counter field 1
G 215 22 Subtotals for implied empties per article
240 SUBTOTIMP1 S 215 11 Implied empty quantity per subtotal group

241 SUBTOTIMP2 S 226 11 Implied empty quantity within level of printing
237 20 free
G 257 160 Company or location headings ( s e e

note 5)
251 FIRSTL A 257 30 First line

252 SECONDL A 287 30 Second line
253 THIRDL A 317 30 Third line
254 FOURTHL A 347 30 Fourth line
255 FIFTHL A 377 30 Fifth line
256 SIXTHL A 407 10 Sixth line (short text)
257 SUBTOADJB1 S 417 11 Adjustment base (subtotal within subtotal
group)
258 SUBTOADJB2 S 428 11 Adjustment base (subtotal within level of
printing)
439 74 free
NOTES
1) Fields 201-224 are automati cally
maintained by the print program.
2) Fields 230-237 can be used in
COMPUTE operation to com pute
totals not available.
3) Subtotal groups are defined by from-
to article sequence number, see
installation option B7, OSI-SUBTOT.
4) Implied empty subtotals are only

SI81
generated per product article if

OSISIPRT pos. 20-23 is present.
5) Company or location headings origi-
nate from option OXX- CMPNAM. If
the corresponding option on OSI-
SIPRT (or OSI FSPRT or OSI-DISPRT)
is set for headings per location the
OM01 outlet location is used to read
the corresponding OXX-CMPNAM
option per bill-to. Default is always
company heading with location blank.

XA01

Header 1
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 1066 -
A 1 1 Record code 'A'
2 1 free
A 3 2 Sender code
5 2 free
N 7 7 Next free record address
G 14 337 Restart Area for XAP150
A 14 1 Restart status
blank = no restart
1 = file being flagged
2 = file successfully flagged
15 24 * Distribution Selection table

14
A (1) 2 Recipient code
A (3) 8 Application file
N (11) 4 Distribution counter
351 716 free

XA01

Header 2
A 1 1 Record code 'B'
2 1 free
A 3 2 Sender code
5 40 free
G 45 100* Distribution Processing table

7
A (1) 2 Recipient code
N (3) 4 Distribution counter
A (7) 1 Processing flag for XA50

blank = file not yet created
1 = file already created
745 322 free

XA01

Data Record
A 1 1 Record code 'D'
2 3 free
A 5 2 Recipient code
A 7 8 Application code or application file
A 15 10 Application identification area
NP 25 4 Application date
N 29 6 Maintenance time
N 35 4 Distribution counter
NP 39 4 Distribution date of corresponding XA50

file
A 43 1024 Application data area

XA01

XA02

Header 1
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 1066 -
2 1 free
5 2 free
G 14 338 Restart Area for XAP250 / 260
A 14 1 Restart status
blank = no restart
1 = file being updated
A 15 1 Update mode
blank = hold application update
1 = prepare application update
2 = repeat application update
16 4 free
A 20 2 Sender code
A 26 8 Application file
34 222 free
256 811 free

XA02

Header 2
2 1 free
5 40 free
A 45 200 Application Restart Area
245 822 free

XA02

Data Record
A 1 1 Record code 'D'
2 1 Processing flag
blank = hold application update
1 = data is ready for application
update
2 = data already updated by applica-
tion
3 2 free
A 5 2 Sender code
A 7 8 Application code or application file
A 15 10 Application identification area
NP 25 4 Application date
N 29 6 Maintenance time
NP 39 4 Add-to date for new data

(proc.flag = blank or 1) or
Application update date (proc.flag = 2)
A 43 1024 Application data area
At the initial transmission of AM and OM records, the BASIS release number is written to positions 1023
and 1024 as an alpha code.

XA02
This page intentionally left blank

XA20
XA20 XA CONVERSION FILE AT RECIPIENT

Conversion Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 64 18
K SENDCODE A 1 2 Code of sender location
K RECCODE A 3 1 Record code

B = outlet number conversion
(Codes A, C, and D are reserved for
BASIS use.)
K SENDFIELD A 4 15 Sender field, left adjusted

- outlet number (if record code B)
RECIPFIELD A 19 7 Recipient field, left adjusted

- OM01 outlet number, 7 digits
(if record code B)
MASTCODES A 26 30 Statistical master codes for business

segments; required for CS presummarized
transactions
NOTES
This file is created/maintained by:
- OM DDP update (from XA02)
- user DFU program
- CS data receipt at recipient
The OXX-OUTRAN option is used to
assign ranges of outlet numbers at the
recipient.

XA20

XA50

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

S 1066 -
2 1 free
A 3 2 Sender code
5 2 Recipient code
A 7 4 Distribution counter
A 11 1 Distribution medium
A 12 1 Distribution format
NP 13 4 Preparation date

XA50

Data Record
Layout identical to data record ('D') of

Distribution Sender File XA01.

XI21
XI21 EXTRACT FILE

Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
RECSTATUS A 1 1 Record Status

KEYXI01 A 2 16 Record key '*'
G DATA 18 79
N 18 2 File version number
N 20 6 Release date
A 26 71 free

XI21
XI21 EXTRACT FILE

Data Record
RECSTATS A 1 1 Record Status

KEYXI21 A 2 16 Record Key
DATA A 18 79 Data area

XI23
XI23 EXTRACT FILE FOR DISTRIBUTION
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
Same layout as file XI01.
Used internally by the BASIS group to

submit error messages or common con-
stants to the acceptance test group.
Existing record types:

• header record
• XPE - error message records
• XCC - common constant source records

XI23

XI61
XI61 CROSS CHECK WORK FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 33 21
G KEYXI61 1 21 Record key
K A 1 1 Record identification
C = code interpretation with CI pointer
I = code interpretation without CI pointer
F = field names
N = field number
S = system words
A 2 2 Application code if record-ID equals 'F' or

'N'. Otherwise free
A 4 8 CI pointer & location if record-ID equals 'C'.

Otherwise free
A 12 10 Contents depend on record-ID

Record-ID Contents
'C' Interpretation (5 or 10)
'I' Same as for 'C'
'F' Field name (5 or 10)
local
'N' Field number
'S' SYSWORD (local)
G 22 12 Data - Contents depend on record-ID
'C' or 'I'
A 22 6 CI pointer
A 28 2 Location
A 30 4 Code value
'F'
A 22 5 Name of component
A 27 4 Field number
A 31 3 free

XI61
'N'
N 22 5 Name of component
A 25 7 free
'S'
N 22 3 Number of SYSWORD
A 25 9 free

XJ01

File Structure
Job Status
1 1 OMM001 01 FB W1 b IPL flag

(first record only)
2 0
3 3 AMM001 03 AN W2
4 2 OEM009 01 AN W2 J
5 3 AMM001 02 AN W2 J
6 3 SRM010 10 EL W2 E
7 0
8 9 CFM001 01 MH W4 J
9 1 DIM001 10 MH W4
10 5 DIM002 02 EL W3
11 0
12 b logical end of file

(first blank job status field)
997 b
998 b
999 b
1000 b File created with 4 blocks

resulting in 104 physical
records. Up to 1000 records
are possible (under program
control). XJP030 adds
records as needed.

XJ01

Job (Reservation) Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 96
G 1 1 Job Status
JOBSTATUS A 1 1 Job status code:

'b' - job number is available and logical
end of file
'0' - job number is available (reusable)
'1' - JOB RESERVATION MADE,
RELATED JOB CONTROL FILE
NOT YET EXISTING
'2' - JOB SUBMITTED TO JOB QUEUE
(still waiting)
'3' - JOB STARTED (that is actual appl.
complex)
'4' - JOB RESUBMITTED TO JOB
QUEUE (still waiting)
'5' - JOB RESTARTED
'6' - JOB SUSPENDED
'7' - not used
'8' - JOB IN IPL CLEAN-UP
'9' - JOB INTERRUPTED
(suspended by IPL clean-up)
G 2 38 Job Information
MENUITEM A 2 8 Menu item aaMnnnii (ii = item no. 01-24)

USERID A 10 2 User-ID
WSID A 12 2 Workstation-ID
JOBDATE NP 14 4 Date (C/YY/MM/DD)
LOCATION A 18 2 Location
JOBTIME N 20 6 Start time (HH/MM/SS)
EXTYPE A 26 1 Execution type:
'b' = interactive
'J' = job queue
'E'= Evoke'd
MICNO N 27 4 Message member number
CTLJOBNO A 31 2 Control job reference
blank = independent job
'**' = this record is a control job
'nn' = this record is a subjob with nn
(01-99) printing to its job control
number
FILLER02 A 33 7

XJ01
G 40 56 Restart Information
RESTUSER A 40 2 User-ID (who restarted)
RESTWS A 42 2 Workstation-ID (from which restarted)
RESTDATE NP 44 4 Date (C/YY/MM/DD)
FILLER03 A 48 2
RESTTIME N 50 6 Time (HH/MM/SS)
FILLER04 A 56 40
G 96 IPL Flag 1
IPLFLAG A 96 1 IPL Flag, located on record 1 only
'b' = file can be used to make job reser-
vations
'1' = IPL clean-up in initialization process
(program XRP030 was interrupted)
'2' = IPL clean-up in process (started but
not yet finished)

XJ01

XJ02

File Structure
SECTION POINTERS
Run Control Next Free
LDA AREA Options Filp Flop List Audit Audit CHECK POINT
AREA
RUN OPTIONS
(OPTIONAL)
FLIP TRANSACTION
CHECKPOINT AREA
FLOP (OPTIONAL)
CONTROL LIST SPECIFICATIONS

IN INTERNAL FORMAT
(OPTIONAL)
AUDIT RECORDS
(JOB HISTORY)
NOTES
1) The size of sections varies per application and is "hardcoded" in the application header program. It
provides maximum space for the biggest complex in an application. Initial values of section pointers are
computed accordingly.
2) The first record is always present.
3) Section options, flip/flop and control lists are optional and need not be present. The audit section and
next free audit record must always be present.
4) Sections not used contain a value of zero.
5) NoXF module exists for the Job Control File. Therefore the FD section for XJ02 in the COBOL program
must be created by the programmer, depending on the job requirements.
6) Several job control files may exist simultaneously. Each is identified by the job number nn= 01-99 which
is used as suffix to the file label, i.e. ccXJ02xx.

XJ02
The following suffixes are possible:
a) Job number 01-99 for normal XJ controlled application jobs.

b) User-ID for special application jobs.
c) WS-ID for special application jobs.
d) Special suffix
The following table shows you the studies of an application's funtion; 'P' identifies PERMANENT existance; 'T'
identifies TEMPORARY existance.
Appl. Function a) b) c) d)
ALL Any XJ controlled job T
FI Print Movement Reports T ## / P
IN Immediate Invoice Printing P
IN Invoicing with manual load P

number assignment
WH Print Load Reports T ## / P
XO Advanced Preparation of
Run Options

XJ02

Checkpoint Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 512
G 1 256 Local Data Area

A 1 256 Complete LDA (pos. 1-256)
(For layout see T3, 2.6)
G 257 40 Section Pointers (address of first record)
PTOPTION N 257 4 Run options (value '2' if

present) 1)
PTFLIP N 261 4 Transaction checkpoint area flip 1)
PTFLOP N 265 4 Transaction checkpoint area flop 1)
PTCTLIST N 269 4 Control list specifications 1)
PTAUDIT N 273 4 Audit records
PTNXTFREE N 277 4 Next free audit record pointer
FILLER A 281 16 free for later use
1) = option pointer contains zeros when

not used
G A 297 216 Program Checkpoint Area

Will be used by programs with transaction
checkpoints to store
• transaction checkpoint information (if it
does not exceed 215 bytes no FLIP/
FLOP area is needed)
• FLIP or FLOP address of last valid
transaction checkpoint (the actual
checkpoint information is stored in
'alternate' areas if it exceeds 215 bytes)

XJ02

Run Option Record
1 96 See XO01,
Complex Header Record
Version Header Record
Run Option Record
Component Control Record
Control List Table Record
97 416 blank, not used
NOTES
1. Sequence of records within the run
options section is:
• complex header
• version header
• run option records ascending by
option number (optional)
• component control record (optional)
• control list table record (optional)
2. Run option records may be missing (if

only component control and control list
table records are present).
3. Component control and control list table

record are only present if control list
processing is involved (consequently a
control list section exists).
4. To read a run option record an applica-

tion program checks on the option
number only (unique within application)

XJ02

Flip-Flop Record
G 1 512 Flip-Flop Table

FLIPFLOP A 1 32 Flip-Flop element
*16
Contains any string of program data
subdivided into a table of 16 elements,
each 32 bytes, in dependent of the actual
field sizes. This table is used by a standard
XJ module to copy checkpoint information
from the program to this file, or by a
standard XR module to copy this informa-
tion back into the working storage section
of the program at restart time.

XJ02

Control List Record
1 96 See XO01, Control List Records.
97 416 blank, not used
NOTE
Only the internal format records are
present

XJ02

Job Audit Record
G 1 5 Record Identification
RC A 1 1 Record code
'A' = job started or restarted
'C' = job terminated or cancelled
FILLER01 A 2 4
G A 6 96 Job Information
JOBSTATUS A 6 1 Job status (copied from XJ01)
FILLER02 A 7 7
ACTDATE NP 14 4 Actual date
FILLER03 A 18 2
ACTTIME N 20 6 Actual time (format 'hhmmss')
ACTUSER A 26 2 Actual user-ID
ACTWS A 28 2 Actual workstation-ID
EXTYPE A 30 1 Execution type (copied from XJ01)
MICNO N 31 4 Message member number
(copied from XJ01)
CTLMENU A 35 8 Control job menu
CTLUSER A 43 2 Control job user-ID
CTLWS A 45 2 Control job workstation-ID
CTLDATE NP 47 4 Control job date
FILLER04 A 51 2
CTLTIME N 53 6 Control job time (format 'hhmmss')
FILLER05 A 59 37
FILLER06 A 102 411
NOTE
1. Job audit records are created by pro-
gram XJP030 (record code 'A') and
XJP050 (record code 'C').
2. Positions 6-101 are copied from XJ01.
3. Record is copied to file XJ03, pos. 26-85

XJ02

Prog. Audit Record
G A 1 5
Record Identification
A 2 4
G 6 6 Program Information
PROGNAME A 6 6 Program name
FILLER01 A 12 2
ACTDATE NP 14 4 Current date
FILLER02 A 18 2
ACTTIME N 20 6 Current time
MODLEVEL N 26 2 Program modification level
PROGINFO A 28 74 Other program information (such as control
totals, record counter, and so on)
G FILLER03 A 102 411 (not used)
NOTE
1. Program audit records are created by
module XMIO01 in application pro-
grams.
2. Record is copied to file XJ03, pos. 26-128

XJ03

File Header Record
JOB IDENTIFICATION AUDIT INFORMATION
1 0357 0370 FILE HEADER

2 OMM00105 AB W20810514 090000 "A" Last Job Nxt.free
1. JOB
23 AMM00003 EF W40810514 093000 "A"
2. JOB
48 XXM00105 AB W30810514 150000 "A" Started

XXM00105 AB W30810514 150000 "C" Ended 3. JOB (Control Job)
357 SAM00107 CD W50810514 175330 "A" Submitted to Job Queue

n-th. JOB (last recorded)
"A" Started
Job audit records
"B" Program SAP010
(at least one) and
"B" Program SAP020
Program audit records
"B" Program SAP030
(one for every program
"A" Resubmitted to Job Queue
"A" Restarted
started) in
"B" Program SAP030 chronological sequence
"C" Ended Job termination record
"D" Option 01
"D" Option 04 Option Records
"D" Option 05 (need not be present)
"D" Option 10
370
Status Code
Relative record address

XJ03

File Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

D 128
STATUSCODE A 1 1 Status code (not used)
G 2 31 Job Identification (blank)

MENUITEM A 2 8
USERID A 10 8
WSID A 12 2
JOBDATE NP 14 4 (VALUE ZERO !)
FILLER01 A 18 2
JOBTIME N 20 6
RC A 26 1
FILLER02 A 27 6
G AUDITINFO 33 96 Used to store header information and

reservation flag
G 33 81 Header information
NP 33 4 Date of last reorganization
A 37 2 filler
N 39 2 Version number (increased by 1 with every
reorganization)
A 41 63 filler
N 104 5 Start address of last recorded job (points
to the first job audit record)
G 114 15 Reservation flag *

N 114 2 Job number *
A 116 8 Menu item *
A 124 2 User-ID * from LDA
A 126 2 Workstation-ID *
A 128 1 Execution type *

XJ03

Job Audit Record 'A'
G 2 31 Job Identification
MENUITEM A 2 8 Menu item
USERID A 10 2 User-ID (who started job)
WSID A 12 2 Workstation-ID (from which job was started)
JOBDATE NP 14 4 Date
RC A 26 1 Record code 'A'
FILLER02 A 27 6
G AUDITINFO 33 96 Audit Information
N 33 1 Status code from Job Directory File (refer
to XJ01) identifies the 'event' (for example
3 = job started, 5 = restarted)
A 34 7 filler
NP 41 4 Actual date
A 45 2 filler
N 47 6 Actual time
A 53 2 Actual user-ID
A 55 2 Actual workstation-ID
A 57 1 Execution type (blank, 'E' or 'J')
N 58 4 MIC Number (identifies the message
record holding the menu item definition)
G 62 24 Reference to Control Job

(Only present if this job was invoked as a
'subjob' from a 'control job'. Note that a
subjob becomes independent after sub-
mission to job queue or after it has been
EVOKE'D and that therefore reference to
control job is only stored on the job audit
record with job status 2 = submitted to job
queue.)

XJ03

Job Audit Record 'A'
A 62 8 Workstation
A 70 2 User-ID
A 72 2 Workstation-ID
NP 74 4 Date
A 78 2 filler
N 80 6 Start time
G 86 43 Unused
FILLER03 A 86 43

XJ03

Program Audit Record 'B'
WSID A 12 2 Workstation-ID (from which job was
started)
JOBDATE NP 14 4 Date (CYYMMDD)
RC A 26 1 Record code 'B'
FILLER02 A 27 6
G AUDITINFO 33 96 Audit Information (to store program-

related history data)
A 33 6 Program name
39 2 filler
NP 41 4 Actual date (CYYMMDD)
A 45 2 filler
N 47 6 Actual start time (HHMMSS)
N 53 2 Modification level
A 55 74 Other program information - optional
(depending on the program control totals,
record counters, error codes, and so on,
may be stored intermixed with text)

XJ03

Job Termination Record
RC A 26 1 Record code 'C'
FILLER02 A 27 6
G AUDITINFO 33 96 Audit Information (same layout as job

audit record 'A')
N 33 1 Termination code
1 = job ended normally
2 = job cancelled
A 34 7 filler
NP 41 4 Actual date
A 45 2 filler
N 47 6 Actual end time
A 53 2 Actual user-ID
A 55 2 Actual workstation-ID
A 57 1 Execution type (blank, 'E' or 'J')
N 58 4 MIC number
G 62 24 Reference to Control Job (only present if

this job was terminated as an interactive
'subjob')
A 62 8 Menu item
A 70 2 User-ID
NP 74 4 Date
A 78 2 filler
N 80 6 Start time
G 86 43 Unused
FILLER03 A 86 43 Filler

XJ03

Option Record 'D'
RC A 26 1 Record code 'D'
FILLER02 A 27 6
G AUDITINFO 33 96 Audit Information

Complete option record as transferred
from Job Control File XJ02 (for layout refer
to XO01)

XJ03

XL21
XL21 SYSTEM WORDS FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 23 10
K KEYXL22 A 1 10 Record Key

A 1 10 System word standard or local
A 11 10 System word standard
N 21 3 Function Code = sub key from
OXL-SYSWRD records of XI01

XL21
System Words - Sub Keys
List Identifier
PRINT 001
DISPLAY 002
FILE 003
SELECTION004
PROCESSING 005
GROUPING 006
ORDER 007
Specification Identifier
OPTIONS 100
TITLE 101
HEADER 102
COMPUTE 103
SET 104
DETAIL 105
LEVELBREAK 106
SUM 107
SUBTOTAL 108
TOTAL 109
SELECT 110
OMIT 111
GROUP 112
SORT 113
END 114
Key Words - no literal required
CODE1 200
CODE2 201
CODE3 202
CODE*1 203
CODE*2 204
CODE*3 205
COUNT 206
DESCENDING 207
GROUPOV 208
LEVEL1 211
LEVEL2 212
LEVEL3 213
NORESET 220

XL21
Key Words - literal required
AFTER 230
BEFORE 231
CONDITION 232
EDIT 233
ELEMENT 234
FIELDATR 235
FORMS 236
IN 237
MAXIMUM 238
POSITIONS 239
OUTPOS 240
ROUND 241
SKIPAFTER 242
SKIPBEFORE 243
SPACES 244
TEXT 245
TO 246
FIELD 1) 260
LITALP 1) 261
LITNUM 1) 262
1) not stored in SCF-XI01, created by extract program XLP010
Operator - Relational Comments
EQ 300 COMMENT01 901

GE 301 COMMENT02 902
GT 302 COMMENT03 903
LT 303 COMMENT04 904
LE 304 COMMENT05 905
FR 305 COMMENT06 906
(TO 246)* COMMENT07 907
*) See COMMENT08 908
previous COMMENT09 909
paragraph COMMENT10 910
Operator - Arithmetic
ADD 320
DIFF 321
MULT 322
DIV 323
INCR 324
DECR 325
PERC 326
Operator - Logical
NOT 340

XL21

XL61
XL61 WORK FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 64 11
G KEYXL61 1 11 Record key
K A 1 2 aa (application)
K A 3 2 LT (list type) (see B6, XO01)
K N 5 2 nn (list no.) " " "
K N 7 2 lv (list version) " " "
K N 9 3 sequence no. 001-999
A 12 53 XL data in format 'intermediate 1'

XL61

XL62
XL62 WORK FILE 2
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 64 11
G KEYXL62 1 11 Record key
K A 1 2 aa (application) (see B6, XO01)

K A 3 2 LT (list type) " " "
K N 5 2 nn (list no). " " "
K N 7 2 lv (list version) " " "
K N 9 3 Sequence no. 001-999
A 12 53 XL data in format ' intermediate 2'
Selection List
A 12 6*8 Data 'intermediate 2' format

(unused elements = blank)
A 60 5 unused
Other lists
A 12 53 Data 'intermediate 2' format

(character string)

XL62

XO01
OPTION FILE - Structure
Application
Mainkey
Status Subkey
Code
AM LIST TYPE (e.g. PL = Print List)
LIST NUMBER (01-99)
LIST VERSION NUMBER (01-99)
AR LIST FORMAT (E = external
I = internal)
SEQUENCE NO.
FP PL 01 01 TEXT Version header PL01, version 01

FP PL 01 01 E 01 EXTERNAL SPECIFICATIONS C 1)
E 02 O External format
E 03 N
I 04 INTERNAL SPECIFICATIONS T
R Internal format
I 02 O
L Version header PL01, version 02
FP PL 01 02 TEXT
FP PL 01 02 E 01 EXTERNAL SPECIFICATIONS L External format
E 02 I
E 03 S Internal format
I 01 INTERNAL SPECIFICATIONS T
I 02 Version header PL02, version 01
FP PL 02 01 TEXT S
FP PL 02 01 E 01 EXTERNAL SPECIFICARIONS E External format
E 02 C
E 03 T
E 04 I Internal format
I 01 INTERNAL SPECIFICATIONS O Version header OL01, version 01
I 02 N
FP OL 01 01
Complex header complex 01

FP 01 TEXT Version header compl.01, vers.01
FP 01 01 TEXT Option 01
FP 01 01 01 OPTION VALUE AND TEXT Option 02
02 Option 03
03 R
03 01* ADDITIONAL TEXT U
03 02* N Component Control record
98 01 Control List table record
99 01 OL 01 01D PL 01 02 D O
FP 01 02 P Version hesder compl.01, vers.02
FP 01 02 01 T Option 01
02 I
03 O
03 01* N
03 02* S
98 01
99 01 S
FP 02 E Complex header complex 02
FP 02 01 C Version header compl.02, vers.01
FP 02 01 02 T Option 02
04 I Option 04
05 O Option 05
FP 02 02 N Version header compl.02,vers.02
FP 02 02 02
04
05
FP 03
IN COMPLEX NUMBER (01-99)

VERSION NUMBER (01-99)
OPTION NUMBER (01-89, 98, 99)
SEQUENCE NO. AND "*" (FOR ADDITIONAL
TEXT LINES)
1) ONLY PRESENT IF APPLICATION USES XL CONTROL LISTS

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Complex Header (Run Options)
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 6 916
RECSTATUS A 1 1 Status code (not used)
G KEYXO01 2 16 Record Key
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application code 'aa'

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ccbbbb'
4 2 'cc' = complex number 01-99
6 4 'bbbb' = blank
K SUBKEY A 10 8 blank
G 18 79 Data Part
OPTDATA A 18 74 Variable data part

18 68 Complex title (patchable text copied from
the header program screen formats)
86 4 Reservation flag (only used by XOP010
program).
A 86 2 User-ID
90 2 Blank
INDIC01 A 92 1 Non-display indicator (not used)
FILLER01 A 93 4 blank

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Vers. Table Rec.(Run Options)
REC STATUS A 1 1 Status code (not used)

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'cc00nn'
6 2 '00' = version number 00
8 2 'nn' = sequence number 01-03
G 18 79 Data Part
OPTDATA A 18 37 Version number table (all version

*2 numbers existing for a complex).


XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Vers. Header (Run Options)
REC STATUS A 1 1 Status code (not used)

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ccvvbb'
6 2 'vv' = version number 01-99
8 2 'bb' = blank
G 18 79 Data Part

18 68 Version title (text entered by the user from
end of option menu)
86 6 blank
INDIC01 A 92 1 Non-display indicator
'1' = Do not display run options in
respective header program (applies
to all related run option records)

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Run Option Record

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ccvvoo'
8 2 'oo' = option number 01-89
(90-99 reserved for control lists)
G 18 79 Data Part

18 70 Option value and text representing one
screen line in the header program with
• value from position 18 to position 18+l-1
(l = length 1-70)
• text starting anywhere after pos. 18+l-1
(patchable text copied from the header
program screen format)
88 4 blank

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Text Record (Run Opts.)

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ccvvoo'
8 2 'oo' = option number 01-89
K SUBKEY A 10 8 'nn*bbbbb'
'nn' = sequence number 01-99 (within

option number 'oo')
'bbbbb' = blank
G 18 79 Data Part
18 70 Text
patchable text copied from the header
program screen format
88 4 blank

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Component Control Record

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ccvv98'
8 2 '98' = option number 98
K SUBKEY A 10 8 'nnbbbbbb'
'nn' = sequence number 01-99
(within mainkey one record per
generic program/object no.)
'bbbbbb' = blank
G 18 9 Data Part 7

18 6 Name of generic program 'aaPnnn'
24 2 object number 01-99 (from XI01 data
dictionary)
26 20*1 Component control table element number
01-20 corresponds to the component
number 01-20 in the generic program
0 = component not used
1 = component used
46 46 blank

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Control List Table Record

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ccvv99'
'cc' = complex number 01-99
'vv' = version number 01-99
'99' = option number 99
K SUBKEY A 10 8 'nnbbbbbb'
'nn' = sequence number 01-99
(within mainkey, one record per
generic program/object no.)
'bbbbbb' = blank
G 18 9 Data Part 7

18 6 'aaPnnn' name of generic program
24 2 Object number 01-99 (key to XI01 data
dictionary)
26 8*8 Control list table, element format 'ltlnlvux'
2 'lt' = list type
'PL' = print list
'DL' = displ. list
'FL' = file list
'SL' = sel. list
'OL' = order list
'PR' = process. list
2 'ln' = list number 01-99

2 'lv' = list version no. 01-99
1 'u' = usage type '1' = display
'2' = suppr. displ.
'3' = not used
1 'x' = XL reserved byte (int. use)
90 2 blank
INDIC01 A 92 1 Nondisplay indicator (not used)

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Control List Version Header (not yet supported)
RECSTATUS A 1 1 Status code ('D' = record logically deleted)

K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ltnnlv'
4 2 'lt' = list type
(PL,DL,FL,SL,OL,PR - for meaning
and further description refer to XL
and TXL)
6 2 'nn' = list number 01-99
8 2 'lv' = list version number 01-99
G 18 79 Data part

18 68 Descriptive text
86 6 Unused
INDIC01 A 92 1 Non-Display indicator (not used)
93 4 free

XO01
XO01 OPTION FILE

Control List Records (int)
RECSTATUS A 1 1 Status code ('D' = record logically deleted)
K MAINKEY A 4 6 'ltnnlv'
4 2 'lt' = list type

(PL,DL,FL,SL,OL,PR)
6 2 'nn' = list number 01-99
8 2 'lv' = list version number 01-99
K SUBKEY A 10 8 'Innbbbbb'
'I' = format type
'I' = internal format
'nn' = sequence number 01-99 (within

MAINKEY and format type)
'bbbbb' = blank
G 18 79 Data part
For selection list (lt = SL):
18 9x8 Data 'internal' format

(see TXL 1.3.2.4, 1.3.3.1)
90 2 Unused
For all other control lists
18 74 Data string with no fixed structure (see

TXL 1.3.2.7, 1.3.3.2)
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 01
Recipient
RECSTATUS A 1 1 Record status
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'CS'

MAINKEY N 4 6 Mainkey '10vv01'
4 2 cc = complex no. (10)
6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 = option no.
SUBKEY A 10 8 Subkey 'nn*bbbbb'
(for further records, if applicable)
G OPTDATA 18 74 Option value and text
A 18 15 P-Text
XJ02-RECIPIENT A 33 2 Recipient Number from OCS-RECIP

A 35 57 Patachable text
INDIC01 A 92 1 Non-display indic.
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 02
Last Extract Period

4 2 cc = complex no.
6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 = option no.
A 18 26 Patchable Text
XJ02-OPEN-FROM A 44 8 From-Date last Extract (from OCS-

PERIOD)
XJ02-OPEN-TO A 57 8 To-Date last Extract

93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 03
New Extract Period

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 = option no.
XJ02-PER-FROM A 44 8 Period from date (from OCS-PERIOD)

XJ02-PER-TO A 57 8 Period to date

93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 04 THRU 06

Transaction Levels

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 = option no.
XJ02-TRANSn-FROM A 44 8 Transaction Level from Date

XJ02-TRANSn-TO A 57 8 Transaction Level to Date

1<=n<=3
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 07
Print Sales Report

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 = option no.
XJ02-PRINT-SALES A 48 1 Print Indicator

'1' Print Sales Report
'b' No Print
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 21
Period Year

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 02 = option no.
A 33 2 Period Year
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 22
Period Type

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 02 = option no.
A 33 1 Period Year
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 23
Period Number

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 03 = option no.
A 33 2 Period Number
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 24
Base Price Calculation

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 04 = option no.
A 42 1 Base Price Calculation
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 25
Adjustment Calculation

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 05 = option no.
A 42 1 Adjustment Calculation
93 4 free

XO01-CS
XO01-CS OPTION 26
Cost Calculation

6 2 vv = version no. (01-99)
8 2 06 = option no.
A 42 1 Cost Calculation
93 4 free

XO01-CS

XO01-DI
XO01-DI OPTION 01
String Number
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'DI'

K MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey '07vv01'
4 2 07 = complex number
6 2 vv = version number (01-99)
8 2 01 = option number
K SUBKEY A 10 8 Subkey 'nn*bbbbb'
(for further records)
No additional text record present for
this option.
18 79 Data Part
G OPTDATA 18 74 Option Value and Text
A 18 3 String number
A 21 67 Patchable text
A 88 4 blank
INDIC01 A 92 1 Non-display Indicator (not used)

XO01-DI
XXO1 - DI OPTION 02
Resource Set Range

No additional text record present for
this option.
18 79 Data Part
A 18 2 From set number

A 20 1 '-' (patchable)
A 21 2 To set number
• If From not blank and To is blank, only
From set is selected.
• If both From/To are blank all sets are

selected.
A 88 4 blank


XO01-DI
XO01 - DI OPTION 02
String Numbers

nn = 01 (one text record present)
18 79 Data Part
A 18 5*3 String numbers selected (if all blank, all

strings are used)
A 88 4 blank

XO01-DI

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 01
Reorganization Date
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16

K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'DS'
K MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv01'
4 2 cc = complex number 90
K SUBKEY A 10 8 Subkey 'nn * bbbbb'

N 18 6 Reorganization to- date (external)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 02
Processing Date
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'DS'

MAINKEY N 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv02'
4 2 cc = complex number (10,40,80,82)
SUBKEY A 10 8 Subkey 'nn *bbbbb'


N 18 6 Processing date (external)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 03-06

Locations

K MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvvoo'
6 2 vv = version number 01-99
8 2 oo = option number (03-06)

A 18 10*2 Locations
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Constants


N 18 13 Constants to be stored in DS21
A 31 27 Constant Information
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Period Types

4 2 cc = complex number (80,82)

A 18 1 Period type
option 12/13/14 = DS periods
option 15 = SD period
history
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 16
Delay Days


N 18 1 Delay days for late locations
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 17
Period Data for History Load

4 2 cc = complex number (20)

A 18 1 Period type of history period
N 19 2 Fiscal year of history period
N 21 2 Period number of history period
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 18
Period Data for Budget Load


A 18 1 Period type of budget period
N 19 2 Fiscal year of budget period
N 21 2 Period number of budget period
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 19
Period Types for Print


A 18 3*1 Period types for printing
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

General Messages

A 21 30 General Message
A 54 30 General Message
84 8 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 22
Business Segments - Report A

A 22 4 Reference segment
26 66 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Business Segment Values - Report A

A 18 3*8 Business segment values
(1) (1) Business segment field

(2) (7) Business segment value
A 42 4*7 Reference segment values

(only present on option 23)
70 22 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 25
Group Types - Report A

A 18 3*2 Article group types
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Article Numbers - Report A

N 18 11*4 Article numbers
62 30 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Grouping List - Report A

A 18 13 Grouping list name to select (option 28)

or omit (option 29) articles for printing
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 30
Business Segments - Report B

A 22 4 Reference segment
26 66 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Business Segment Values - Report B

A 18 3*8 Business segment values
(1) (1) Business segment field

(2) (7) Business segment value
A 42 4*7 Reference segment values

(only present on option 31)
70 22 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 33
Group Types - Report B

A 18 3*2 Article group types
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

ARTICLE NUMBERS - REPORT B

N 18 11*4 Article numbers
62 30 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Grouping List - Report B

A 18 13 Grouping list name to select (option 36)

or omit (option 37) articles for printing
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Component Fields

A 18 2*25 Field description from OXX-POOL option
G 68 2*8 Field definition from OXX-POOL option
A (1) 7 Pool Key (NNVCTTB)
84 8 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 48
Performance Analysis

A 18 1 Period type
N 19 2 Field entry
A 21 2 Operand
GT = greater than
LT = less than
A 23 17 Field limit value (data entry format)
A 40 1 Selection indicator
1 = only data matching operand/
limit selection
else = all
A 55 1 Ranking indicator
1 = ascending
2 = descending
else = no
68 24 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 49
Dynamic Comments

N 18 1 Number of dynamic business segment

comments (0-5) to be accessed from
SD05
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS
XO01-DS OPTION 50
Print Copies

N 18 2 Number of print copies
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

Period Data for Recreate

A 18 29 Period Description
A 47 1 Period type for recreation

N 48 2 Period year for recreation
N 50 2 Period number for recreation
52 40 free
93 4 free

XO01-DS

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 01
Calling Types
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'FP'

4 2 cc = complex numbers
(01,02,10,11,12,13)

18 79 Data Part
A 18 2 Calling type
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 02-06

Route Selection

4 2 cc = complex number
(01,02,10,11,12,13,20,21)

No additional text record present.
18 79 Data Part
A 18 3 From route no.
A 21 3 To route no.
• If From not blank and To = blank all
routes starting with From-route are
selected
• If both From/To are blank all routes are

selected
• If From/To equal only this single route is

selected
A 24 64 patchable text
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 07-08

Dates

(01,02,10,11,13,20,21)

No additional text records present for
option numbers 07-08.
18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Date in external format

A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 09
Free Document Prefix

4 2
8 2

18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Free Document prefix

A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 10
Number of Blank Order Collection Sheets

4 2
8 2

18 79 Data Part
N 18 4 Number of blank order collection sheets
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 11
Status Code

cc = complex number
(01,02,10,11,12,13)
vv = version number (01-99)

18 79 Data Part
A 18 5*1 Status Code
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 12
Marketing Support Dates

cc = complex number
(01,02,10,11,12,13)

18 79 Data Part
N 18 4 FROM marketing support date
N 24 6 TO marketing support date
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 13
Document Status

cc = complex number (30,31)

18 79 Data Part
A 36 1 Document status (unproductive)
N 62 6 Settlement date
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 14
Reorganization Date for Tel-Sell


18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Reorganization date (external format) or

blank (= no reorganization of old records)
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 15
Document Status
G KEYXO01 A 2 16 Record Key
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Record ID 'FP'

18 79 Data Part
A 36 1 Document Status (processed by RS)
N 62 6 Settlement date
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 16
Document Status

No additional text record present for option
number 16.
18 79 Data Part
A 36 1 Document Status (not processed/inactive)
N 62 6 Delivery/inactive Date
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 17
Document Status

No additional text record present for option
number 17.
18 79 Data Part
A 36 1 Document Status (not processed blanks)
A 37 51 Patchable Text (free)
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTIONS 18-21

Document Number Ranges

oo = option number (18-21)
No additional text records present for
option numbers 19-21;
two additional text records present for
option number 18.
18 79 Data Part
A 18 11 From-document-no.
A 29 11 To-document-no.
A 40 11 From-document-no.
A 51 11 To-document-no.
A 62 25 Filler
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 22
Outlet Selection

(01,02,10,11,12,13,21,40)

18 79 Data Part
A 18 8x7 Outlet numbers selected (if all blank all

outlets are used)
A 74 14 blank
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 26
Print Option

4 2
8 2

18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Print blank documents option

A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 27
Header Information

4 2 cc = complex number (01,02,32)
8 2

18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Heading information
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 28
Number of Documents

nn = 01,02 (two text record present)
18 79 Data Part
N 18 05 Number of documents to assign

A 23 65 Text
A 88 04 Filler

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTIONS 19,30

Number of Documents

K MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey '32vvoo'
oo = option number (29,30)
18 79 Data Part
N 18 05 NUMBER OF DOCS
A 23 04 DOC-PREFIX
A 32 04 DOC-PREFIX
A 41 04 DOC-PREFIX
A 50 04 DOC-PREFIX
A 54 34 blank
A 88 04 Filler

93 4 blank

XO01-FP

Article Selection

(01,02,10,11,12,13,21)
18 79 Data Part
A 18 5 From article sequence number

A 23 5 To article sequence number
A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP
XO01-FP OPTION 38
General Messages

(01,02,10,11,12,13,21)
8 2

18 79 Data Part
A 18 5x2 General Message Codes

A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP

Special Messages

(01,02,10,11,12,13,21)

18 79 Data Part
A 18 70 Special Message Text

A 88 4 blank

93 4 blank

XO01-FP

XO01-IN
XO01-IN OPTIONS 02-05

Load Numbers
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'IN'

MAINKEY N 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvvoo'

G 18 2*11
A 5 'From' load number
A 1 Patchable text
A 5 'To' load number
88 4 free
INDIC01 A 92 1 Non-display Indicator
93 4 free

XO01-IN
XO01-IN OPTION 06
Free Prefix for Delivery Documents


A 18 4 Free prefix for delivery documents
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-IN
XO01-IN OPTION 08
Message Codes


A 18 3*2 General messages codes (AA-ZZ)

for printing on IN documents
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-IN

Special Messages


A 18 30 Special message text
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-IN
XO01-IN OPTION 13
Processing Date


A 18 6 Processing date (external format)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-IN

Locations


G A 18 10*2 Locations
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-IN
XO01-IN OPTION 18
Reorganization Date
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'IN'

K MAINKEY N 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv18'

G A 18 6 Reorganization date (external format)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-IN
XO01-IN OPTION 19
Recalculation Indicator
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'IN'

K MAINKEY N 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv19'

A 18 1 Recalculation indicator
1 = recalculate price list prices
else = no recalculation
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTIONS 01,14,27,34,35,42,48,49
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'MA'

K MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvvnn'
cc = complex number (20)
nn = option number
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTIONS 02-33 (Except 14 and 27)

nn = option number
K SUBKEY A 10 8 Subkey 'bbbbbbbb'
A 18 1 Selection sign (or blank)
A 19 4 Field number 'nnnb'
53 39 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTIONS 36-41

nn = option number
A 19 4 Field number '6nnb'
N 57 4 Reference field for calculations
61 31 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA

nn = option number (43-47)
A 18 4 free
A 19 4 Field number '811 - 851'
A 38 9 First operand
A 47 1 Arithmetical symbol
A 48 9 Second operand
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTION 50

nn = option number (50)
A 18 6 Types of key combination (the selected

business segment)
24 4 free
A 29 2 Number of horizontal columns

'1-11' = valid columns, allowed only for
the 1st selected combination
30 4 free
A 34 1 Symbol for page skip (option 50 only)

1 = YES
b = NO
35 3 free
N 38 2 Article grouping type
40 10 free
N 50 4*7 Selections
78 14 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA

nn = option number (51-55)
A 18 6 Types of key combination (the selected

business segment)
24 10 free
A 34 1 Symbol for page skip (option 51-55 only)

1 = YES
b = NO
35 3 free
N 38 2 Article grouping type (valid only if the type

of the key combination contains the sym-
bol for the article grouping type selection;
'+').
40 10 free
N 50 4*7 Selections
78 14 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTION 56

56 = option number
A 56 6 Reference key combination for share to

growth calculations
62 30 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTION 57

57 = option number
N 56 10 Additional conversion factor (5 decimals)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTION 58

58 = option number
N 56 1 Difference indicator
1 = difference is calculated in percent
2 = difference is shown as an amount
57 9 free
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTION 59

59 = option number
A 56 13 Grouping list (to select articles for printing)
69 23 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA
XO01-MA OPTION 60

60 = option number
A 56 13 Grouping list (to omit articles from printing)
69 23 free
93 4 free

XO01-MA

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 09
Suppression date
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'OM'


N 18 6 Up-to suppression date (external)
A 88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 02
Outlet Status Selection

MAINKEY N 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv'
4 3 cc = complex number (21-28, 41-49)

18 79 Data Part
N 18 1 Outlet status:1 = active outlets

2 = non active outlets
3 = all outlets
A 88 4 blank
93 4 free

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 03
Outlet Type Selection

4 3 cc = complex number (21-28, 41-49)

18 79 Data Part
N 18 1 Outlet type: 1 = ship-to outlets

2 = bill-to outlets
3 = all outlets
A 88 4 blank
93 4 free

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 04
From Date Selection


18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 'FROM' Date entered in external format

(b = to select from lowest --> 0000000)
A 88 4 blank
93 4 free

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 05
To Date Selection

4 3 cc = complex number (43,46,56)

18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 'TO' Date entered in external format

(b = to select to highest date --> 9999999)
A 88 4 blank
93 4 free

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 06
Sales for AM07


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Scale entry:
b = no AM07 scales are printed
non b = AM07 scales are printed
A 88 4 blank
93 4 free

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 07
Outlet Connection Type


18 79 Data Part
A 18 2 Outlet connection type
A 88 4 blank
93 4 free

XO01-OM
XO01-OM OPTION 08
Message Type


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Message type
b = all messages
1 = common messages
2 = outlet connected messages
A 88 4 blank
93 4 free

XO01-RS
XO01-RS OPTION 01
Message Codes
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'RS'


A 18 3*2 General message codes (AA-ZZ)

for printing on correction slips
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-RS
XO01-RS OPTION 01-05

Special Messages

8 2 nn = option number (02-05)

A 18 30 Special message text
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-RS
XO01-RS OPTION 06
Free Prefix for Correction Slips


A 18 4 Free prefix for correction slips
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-RS
XO01-RS OPTION 42
Processing Date


A 18 6 Processing date (external format)

88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-RS
XO01-RS OPTIONS 43-46

Locations


G A 18 10*2 Locations
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-RS

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 03
Locations
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'SA'

MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv03'

nn = 01,02 (two text records present)
18 79 Data Part
A 18 14x2 Up to 14 location codes
A 46 42 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 18
Processing date


18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Processing date date

(Taken from XJ run option 01, if job was
started with MUAP. In this case no
changes are allowed.)
A 24 64 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTIONS 21-24

Processing locations

MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvvoo'

nn = 01 (one text record present for
option 21)
18 79 Data Part
N 18 (10*2) Processing locations

(Taken from XJ run options 02 and 03, if
job was stareted with MUAP. In this case
no changes are allowed.)
A 38 50 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTIONS 22-29

Date check error

MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvvoo'

option 27)
18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Processing date of SA file

(SA21, SA22 or SA44), if an error was
detected. No changes are allowed. In
complex 15 only option 28 (for SA22) is
used.
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 33
Period selection A
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application ‘SA’

MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey ‘ccvv33’
4 2 cc = complex number (18, 19,
20)
SUBKEY A 10 8 blank
18 79 Data Part
N 18 1 Period selection (Period 1 or Period

2)
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 34
Period selection B

4 2 cc = complex number (18, 19, 20)
SUBKEY A 10 8 blank
18 79 Data Part
N 18 1 Period selection (year-to date or previous

period
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 36
Detail selection for costs of goods sold

4 2 cc = complex number (18, 20)
SUBKEY A 10 8 blank
18 79 Data Part
N 18 1 Detail selection
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 39
Application selection

SUBKEY A 10 8 blank
18 79 Data Part
A 18 2 Application 1
A 24 64 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 40
Consolidation Date

MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey '20vv40'

18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Consolidation date
A 24 68 blank


XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 41
Detail data selection

MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey ’18vv41'
SUBKEY A 10 8 blank
18 79 Data Part
N 18 1 Detail selection
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 44
Account number

A 4 6 Mainkey ’19vv44'
SUBKEY A 10 8 blank
18 79 Data Part
A 18 24 “From account no.”
A 42 3 Filler
A 45 24 “To account no.”
A 69 19 Filler
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 45
Locations


18 79 Data Part
A 18 5x2 Up to 5 locations
(if all blank = general conversion)
A 28 60 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 46
Key Print Sequence


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Key print sequence selection

'b' = NO
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 47
Print Sequence Account Number


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Account number print sequence selection

'b' = NO
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 48
Identifier Print Sequence


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Accounting total/detail data identifier

print sequence selection
'b' = NO
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 49
Print Selection


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Records to be printed on the conversion

file report
'b' = print all records
'1' = print only records without account
number
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 50
GL Posting Period


18 79 Data Part
N 18 2 GL posting period (01-13)
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 52
Last Date of Posting Period


18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Last date of posting period
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 54
Compressed Account


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Voucher: compressed accounts

'b' = NO
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 55
Report Printed


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Voucher: report printed

'b' = NO
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 60
Date Indicator


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Date indicator
'b' = settlement date
'1' = delivery date
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 61
Tax Type Selection


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Tax type (1-5)
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 63
Document-ID Selection


18 79 Data Part
A 18 6x1 Up to 6 document number identification

user defined values in any sequence
(blank = take all)
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 64
Document Selection


18 79 Data Part
A 18 1 Document selection
'b' = all SA21 records + FP01 records
with record status 1,3,6 no docu-
ment number gaps
'1' = all SA21 records, none from FP01
'2' = all records from SA21 + FP01 and
document number gaps
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 72 - 75
Locations

8 2 00 = option number (72-75)

18 79 Data Part
A 18 10x2 Up to 10 location codes
A 38 50 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SA
XO01-SA OPTION 76
From-to Dates


18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 From-date
A 24 1 '-' (patchable)
N 25 6 To-date
A 31 57 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTION 50
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
Total Budgeting Period
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'SB'

8 2 oo = option (50)
G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
N 54 2 Total period year
A 56 1 Period type (for total period)
A 59 1 Budget type
60 32 free

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTION 51
Periods to be checked

G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
A 54 1 Period type (for periods to be checked)
N 55 2 "FROM" period number
57 1 Non-patchable text ("hyphen")
N 58 2 "TO" period number
60 32 free

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTION 52
Data Fields to be checked

G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
A 54 4*5 Fields to be checked
74 18 free

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTIONS 53-54

Data Fields to be checked (cont.)

8 2 oo = option (53-54)
G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
A 18 8*5 Fields to be checked
A 58 34 free

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTION 55
Total Business Segment

G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
A 54 4 Total business segment
A 58 34 blank

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTION 56
Business Segments to be checked

G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
A 54 6*4 Business segments to be checked
78 14 free

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTIONS 57-58

Business Segments to be checked (cont.)

8 2 oo = option (57-58)
G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
A 18 12*4 Business segments to be checked
66 26 free

XO01-SB
XO01-SB OPTION 59
Outlet Indicator

G 18 79 Data Part
18 74 Option value:
A 54 1 Outlet indicator
blank = no checks for outlets
1 = outlets are checked against
total business
segment.
55 37 free

XO01-SD
XO01-SD OPTION 05
Period to be Created
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'SD'


nn = four text records present
18 79 Data Part
G 43 5 Period to be created
N 43 2 Period year
A 45 1 Period type
A 48 17 Period information (not to be updated)

A 65 23 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SD
XO01-SD OPTIONS 06,08

Selected Periods

MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey '25vvoo'
8 2 oo = option number (06,08)

18 79 Data Part
A 33 1 Selection sign (+ or -)
G 34 5 Selected period
N 34 2 Period year
A 36 1 Period type
A 39 17 Period information (not to be updated)

A 56 1 Selection sign for reference period
A 57 31 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SD
XO01-SD OPTION 09
Message Options

8 2 09 = option number (06,08)

18 79 Data Part
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SD
XO01-SD OPTION 18
Processing Date


18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Processing date
(Taken from XJ run option 01, no changes
are allowed)
A 24 64 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SD
XO01-SD OPTIONS 21-24

Processing Locations


option 21)
18 79 Data Part
N 18 (10*2) Processing locations

(Taken from XJ run options 02 and 03, no
changes are allowed)
A 38 50 blank
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SD
XO01-SD OPTIONS 27-29

Date Check Error


option 27)
18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Processing date of SD file

(SA24, SD22 or SD26) if an error was
detected. No changes are allowed.
A 88 4 blank

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTIONS 02-06

Frequency Code/To-date
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
RECSTATUS A 7 1 1 Record Status
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'SI'


A 18 1 Billing frequency code

'*'= select all codes
N 19 6 Up-to date (external format)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI

Outlet Numbers

(30,32,34,36,40,42,44,46)

A 18 7 'From' outlet number
N 25 1 Check digit for 'from' number

('+' = check digit not known)
N 26 7 'To' outlet number
N 33 1 Check digit for 'to' outlet

88 4 free
NOTE
Outlet number contains for complex
30,32 bill-to number
34,36 bill-to number
40,42 credit-to number
44,46 credit-to or discount-to number
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 13
Invoice Date

(30,32,34,36,40,42,44,46)

N 18 6 Invoice date (external format)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 14
Free Prefix

(30,32,34,36,40,42,44,46)

A 18 4 Document number prefix for 'FREE

PREFIX' assignment
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 15
Message Codes

(30,32,34,36,40,42,44,46)

A 18 3* Message codes (AA-ZZ) for general

2 message printing on SI - documents
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 16
Recalculation Indicator


N 18 1 Indicator for recalculation of delivery based

adjustments
'0' = no recalculation
'1' = recalculation
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 17
Text for Succeeding Options 18-25


18 70 Patchable text
Option number 17 is used for a text line

preceding option number 18-25:
SIccvv17 not used

SIccvv17 01* used for patchable text
02* used for patchable text
93 4 free

XO01-SI

Bill-to's for Recalculation


N 18 7 'From' bill-to outlet number
N 25 1 Check digit for 'from' bill-to

N 26 7 'To' bill-to outlet number
N 33 1 Check digit for 'to' bill-to

N 34 1 Indicator for recalculation of manual

adjustments
'0' = no recalculation
'1' = recalculation
'2' = recalculation only free cases
88 4 free

93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 26
Periodic Discount Indicator

4 3 cc = complex number (44.46)

A 18 1 Periodic discount indicator

'1' = run for discount-to
'2' = run for credit-to
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 27
Removal Indicator


A 18 1 Removal indicator for SI22 - records

blank = keep all records
'1' = remove records selected for
calculation after printing
'2' = remove all records older than
reorganization date stored in option
28 regardless selection for
calculation
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 28
Reorganization Date


N 18 6 Reorganization date (external) used in

connection with option 27
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 30
Billing Location for Transmission


A 18 2 Billing location
blank = no selection by billing location
(transmit all outlets)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 31
Period-to-Date (Transmission)


N 18 6 Period to-date (external format) for peri-

odic discount records (compared against
the to-date in the Discount Summary File
SI22)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 32
Period-to-Date 2 (Transmission)


N 18 6 Period to-date (external format) for Full

Service type 2 summary records (com-
pared against the to-date in the Discount
Summary File SI22)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI

Frequency codes/Dates


A 18 1 Credit or discount frequency code

'*' = select all codes
N 19 6 From-date (external format)
N 25 6 To-date (external format)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 40
SA Posting Date

4 3 cc = complex number (30,32,40,42,44,46)

N 18 6 SA Posting date (external format)

blank = assume invoice date (run option 13)
88 4 free
NOTE
For complexes 32,42 and 46 (draft print-
ing) this date is present but not used.
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 41
SI Pricing Date

4 3 cc = complex number (30,32,40,42,44,46)

N 18 6 SI Pricing date (external format)

blank = assume invoice date (run option 13)
88 4 free
NOTE
This date is used by the adjustment
calculation program as effective date for
AM07 2xx-9xx adjustments.
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 42
SI Processing Date


A 18 6 SI Processing date (external format)
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI

SI Locations


G A 18 10* SI Locations
2
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI

XO01-SI

F/S Cold Drink selections


A 18 3 Logical operator (AND or OR or ' ' )
A 21 4 Field name from OM01
A 25 10 Local name (long)
A 35 2 Relational operand
EQ = equal
NE = not equal
GT = greater than
LT = less than
GE = greater than or equal
LE = less than or equal
A 37 15 String
52 40 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 53
FS/2 Review


A 18 1 FS/2 Review option
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTION 55
FS/2 Show Transactions


A 18 1 Check positive total amounts
88 4 free
93 4 free

XO01-SI
XO01-SI OPTIONS 63–71

Ranges of Ratio


A 18 1 Outlet type
Valid values: 1–9, A, B, b
19 9 free
A 28 1 Quantity or amount ratio
29 33 free
N 62 7 Range of ratio from
69 1 free
N 70 7 Range of ratio to
77 15 free
93 4 free

XO01-XJ
XO01-XJ OPTION 03
Processing Date
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
K APPLCODE A 2 2 Application 'XJ'

'cc'= complex number (99)
K SUBKEY A 10 8 Subkey 'blank'
G OPTDATA 18 79 Data Part
N 18 6 Processing date (external)
Options 1-6 are general options of the

multiple application complex and available
for application header programs.
Options 7-10 are reserved for later use.
(Due to its special use and complex nature

the XJ-header program does not follow
header program standards in option
processing completely in complex 99
multiple application processing).

XO01-XJ
XO01-XJ OPTIONS 02-06

Locations Selected

K MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv02-06'
G LOCDATA 18 40 Locations selected

N 18 20 for processing
*2
(Locations are checked for validity with

OXX-LOCNAM, they are sorted in ascend-
ing sequence, no duplicates may be
present).

XO01-XJ
XO01-XJ OPTIONS 11-71

Complex Description

K MAINKEY A 4 6 Mainkey 'ccvv11-71'
N 18 4 Selected MIC number (of job control

record of complex to be processed)
A 22 40 Complex description from message
62 30 Filler
A 92 1 Flag for header program

A 93 1 Flag for application
N 94 2 Job number for application complex
Positions 83-86 are updated by XJP954 in

XJ02 of multiple application job.

XO01-XJ

XO21
XO21 OPTION EXTRACT FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
All record layouts from XO01 file also apply to file XO21.

XO21

XO70
XO70 OPTION WORK FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
G 2 16 Record Key
APPLCODE A 2 2 Application code 'aa'

MAINKEY A 4 6 Refer to XO01
SUBKEY A 10 8 Refer to XO01
G 18 79 Data part

INDIC01 A 92 1 Non-Display indicator
NOTE
All record layouts from XO01 also apply to
XO70.

XO70

XP00
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 128 15
This file contains all patchable constants of a BASIS installation in English and in the local language.
('E' records and 'L' records). Depending on the source member type from which the constant originates.
Following data record types are present:
S = common constants
P = Program constants
F = Screen formats
M = Menu.
One file header record and member header records as 'E' and 'L' records are also present in this file.

XP00
Record Key Structure per Member Type
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
SCREEN
FORMATS F a a F n n n n n L L P P E/L
MENUS M a a M n n n n n n n E/L
PROGRAM
CONSTANTS P a a P n n n P C C C C C C E/L
COMMON
CONSTANTS S C C n n E/L
Member Subkey
type Member name
(application code + Language code
member ID + number) E = English
L = local language
Subkey
Positions 8 - 14 is blank for the corresponding member header records.
Common Constants
Positions 8 - 9 constant 'CC'

Positions 10 - 11 sequence number 01-99
Program Constants
Positions 8 - 9 constant 'PC'

Positions 10 - 14 mnemonic name
Screen Formats
Standard:
Positions 8 - 9 format number for standard formats or consecutive number generated by program for
non-standard formats.
Positions 10 - 11 line number within format number
Positions 12 - 13 position within line number
Extended:
Positions 8 - 10 nnnn (packed) format number
Positions 11 - 14 LLPP (packed) line number within format number and position within line number
Menus
Positions 8 - 11 menu line number

XP00

File Header Record
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 128 15
A 1 1 Status byte
A 2 3 Record code
K A 5 15 '*bbbbbbbbbbbbbb'
20 2 free
N 22 6 Latest release date
28 101 free

XP00

Member Header Record
1 1 Status byte
2 3 Record code
K 5 15 Record key
20 2 free
22 6 Release date
28 2 Modification level *1
30 94 free
Indicator Area
124 1 not used

125 1 not used
126 1 not used
127 1 Processing indicator 1)
128 1 Validity indicator 2)
NOTE 1
Only for program constant format mem-
bers.

XP00

Screen Format Data Record
1 1 Status byte
2 3 Record code
K 5 15 Record key
20 2 Field length
22 80 Constant data *1
102 16 free
118 5 SEU sequence number

123 1 Continuation sign
Indicator Area
124 1 not used

125 1 not used
126 1 Translation indicator 3)
127 1 not used
NOTE 1
If pos. 123 contains an 'X', this field also
contains 57 bytes of continuation data
(pos. 45-101)

XP00

Menu Data Record
1 1 Status byte
2 3 Record code
K 5 15 Record key
20 2 Field length
22 75 Text
97 27 free
Indicator Area
124 1 not used

125 1 not used
127 1 not used

XP00

Program Constant Data Record
1 1 Status byte
2 3 Record code
K 5 15 Record key
20 2 Field length
22 66 Text
88 31 free
119 2 Patch area number

121 3 Sequence within patch area
Indicator Area
124 1 not used

125 1 not used
127 1 not used

XP00

Common Constant Data Record
1 1 Status byte
2 3 Record code
K 5 15 Record key
20 2 Field length
22 66 Text
88 36 free
Indicator Area
124 1 not used

125 1 not used
127 1 not used

XP00
1) Processing Indicator
This indicator is only set in the member header record ('E' + 'L').
Y = Patched data has been transferred either back to the original source member (screen format, menu)
or to the literal file (common constants, program constants).
N = No transfer of patched data has yet taken place.
2) Validity Indicator
This indicator is set in all records:
Y = Record is valid for further processing
N = Record is invalid for further processing and can be deleted from file.
3) Translation Indicator
This indicator is set in the 'L' record of a constant:
N = Data has been processed by patch program
Y = Data has not yet been processed by patch program.

XP00

XP00X
XP00X PATCH MASTER EXTRACT FILE
This file is an extract from the Patch Master File ('L' records of PMF). It is created by the sort XPS01 and
contains the local language version of the following constant types:
- program constants
- common constants
XP00X is the source of data for the creation of Literal File XP08.
The extracted data is stored by member as on Patch Master File XP00. The sequence of the program
constants within a member is now by patch area and sequence number, not by constant number as on
XP00.

XP00X

XP01
The Patch Work File contains patch data of all source members which have been modified. Only the
English version of the patch data is stored in this file.
In general file structure, record layouts and record keys are the same as for the Patch Master File.
Exceptions
1. Only 'E' type records are present in the Patch Work File.
Indicators
1. Pos.124 of the member header record contains an error indicator.

2. Pos.125 of the member header record contains Patch Indicator 'N'.
3. Indicators in pos.126-128 are not used.

XP01

File Header Record
1 1 Status Byte
2 3 Record Code
K 5 15 Record Key
20 2 free
22 6 Release Date
28 96 free
Indicator Area
124 1 Not used

125 1 Not used
126 1 Not used
127 1 Not used
128 1 Not used

XP01

Member Header Record
1 1 Status Byte
2 3 Record Code
K 5 15 Record Key
20 2 free
22 6 Release Date
30 94 free
Indicator Area
124 1 Error Indicator

'Y' = a) Invalid source statement in
member.
b) member not completely proc-

essed (for example system
failure, program cancel).
'N' = Member without errors and com-

pletely processed.
125 1 Patch Indicator (N)

Patch Indicator is always 'N' in Patch Work
File.
126 1 Not Used

127 1 Not used
128 1 Not used
*1 Only for program constants, screen

formats

XP01

Data Record
1 123 Same as for Patch Master File XP00.
Indicator Area
124 1 Not used

125 1 Not used
126 1 Not used
127 1 Not used
128 1 Not used

XP02
XP02 SOURCE MEMBER FILE
This file is created by $MAINT. It contains the source statements of Cobol programs, screen formats or
menus from which the constants to be patched are extracted.
// COPY LIBRARY-S,NAME-XXXXXXXX 1)
}
} 2)
SOURCE STATEMENTS }
}
}
}
// CEND 1)
// COPY LIBRARY-S,NAME-XXXXXXXX
}
}
}
} 2)
}
}
V V V V }
}
// CEND
1) Two additional records are created for each member by $MAINT:

a) one record contains utility control statement
// COPY LIBRARY-S,NAME-XXXXXXXX
member name
This record is always the first record present on the file for a member
b) the other contains utility control statement // CEND. This record is always the last record of a
member.
2) The records in between the // COPY-statement and the // CEND statement contain the actual source
statements of a member, as stored in the source library.

XP02
XP02 SOURCE MEMBER FILE - DATA RECORD
ORG. LGTH. KEY

S 80
1 80 Source Data of
• Cobol programs
• Screen formats
• Menu DT members.
For layouts refer to the corresponding IBM

Manuals.

XP05
XP05 PATCH DISTRIBUTION FILE
This file contains only the patchable constant data of source members in which patch data has been
modified.
File structure, record layouts and record key are the same as for Patch Work File XP01 except for the
indicator area:
Indicator Area
Pos.124 - Not used

Pos.125 - Patch Indicator
'Y' = Data of member has been transferred to Patch Master File.
'N' = Data of member has not yet been transferred to Patch Master File.
Pos.126-128 - Not used.

XP05

XP08
XP08 LITERAL FILE
This file contains all constants used in BASIS programs in the local language.
Record key structures

Member header record
Member type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - 16
Program constants P a a P n n n
Common constants S
Member Program identifier blanks

Type
Application code or
systems utility code
Data record
Member type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13-16
Program const. P a a P n n n n n x
Common constants S n n
Member
Type Application code
Program constants
4-7 = Program ID
8-9 = Patch area number
10 = A/B or C if 2 or 3 records present for a patch area (A in the first record, B in the second and C in
the third record) or blank if only one record present.
Common constants
8-9 = Common constant record number

XP08
XP08 LITERAL FILE
ORG. LGTH KEY

I 96 16
1 1 Status byte
K 2 3 Record code
5 16 Record key
21 6 Release date
29 68 free
NOTES
Common Constants
Only one member header record is present.
Program Constants
One member header record is present per

program.
*1 Only present for program constants.

XP08
XP08 LITERAL FILE

Program Constants Record
1 1 Status byte
2 3 Record code
K 5 16 Record key
21 66 Constant data area *1
87 10 free
*1 Several constants may be stored in

this area. They are stored in the same
sequence as defined in the
corresponding patch area of a program.
The length of each constant equals the

value of the respective PIC clause in the
patch area.
Up to three records may be present for

a patch area. If two records are present,
the last position of the record key equals
'A', and 'B' respectively.
If 3 records are present the last position

of the record key equals 'A', 'B' and 'C'
respectively.
If only one record is present, the last

position of the key equals 'b'.

XP08
XP08 LITERAL FILE

Common Constant Record
1 1 Status byte
2 3 Record code
K 5 16 Record key
21 66 Common constant area *1
87 10 free
*1 same as for program constants

XP21
XP21 PATCH EXTRACT FILE
File XP21 has an identical structure to XP00, except that only selected groups of patchable constants,
such as all program constants, for an application are kept in XP21.
A file header record and member header records are stored as in XP00.
For the layout of this file, see XP00.

XP21

XX01
This section describes all the data segments used in transaction files related to:
EC Equipment Control
OE Order Entry
DI Dispatching
RS Route Settlement
SI Summary Invoicing
The following description is meant to give the user an overview of the organization of such files.

XX01
Each transaction record consists of two or three major parts:
1) Common area Contains the access key and data fields which are common to all different types
of transactions.
2) Fixed data part Contains the different data for each transaction type in a fixed format. Only one is
present per document.
3) Variable data part Contains variable data per record stored in segments of 16 bytes each.
Record no. 01: (one per document always present)
1 48 128 1024
common fixed part Variable part with 56 segments
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Segment
Identifier
Record no. 02-99: (present only if needed)
1 48 1024
common Variable part with 61 segments
Each segment is 16 bytes long and contains
Position 1 the segment identification which can be a value between A-Z and 1-9
Positions 2-16 the data fields, depending on the segment identifier.
If a position is not used, blank is used.

XX01
Segment Identifiers Used
A = Sales and distribution cost totals per transaction

B = Dispatching data (up to 3 'B' segments may exist)
C = Previous empty information
D = Miscellaneous data
E = Amounts
F = Manual Adjustment (related to one article)
G = Manual Adjustment (related to entire transaction)
H = Calculated tax amounts (non included)
J = SI-calculated tax amounts (non included) on summary invoices or credit notes
K = SI-calculated tax amounts (non included) on SI rebates above the invoice level
O = Article header
P = Article master data
Q = Article retail information
R = Equipment Control cost element
S = Article quantity segment 1
T = Article quantity segment 2
U = Miscellaneous article data
V = Adjustment value segment
W = Adjustment condition segment
Y = Draft adjustments value segment (SI only)
Z = Draft adjustments condition segment (SI only)

XX01
SEGMENT A Cost totals per transaction
A 1 1 Segment identification 'A'

A 2 1 Article type
1 = article type 1
2 = article type 2
5 = article type 5+6
A 3 1 Usage Class * for Sampling
A 4 2 Usage Code * + Breakage only
A 6 1 Cost Class
A 7 2 Cost type
SP 9 7 Cost amount
1 free
SEGMENT B Dispatching Data
A 1 1 Segment identification 'B'

A 2 1 Sub identification '1'
NP 3 2 Fixed time adjustment (manual entry from

OE in minutes)
NP 5 3 Calculated positive total units of order

(rounded up)
NP 8 3 Calculated positive weight of order

(rounded up, no decimals)
NP 11 3 Calculated positive cube 1 for products

(rounded up, no decimals)
NP 14 3 Calculated positive cube 2 for products

XX01
A 1 1 Segment identification
NP 3 3 Calculated positive cube 1 for empties
NP 6 3 Calculated positive cube 2 for empties
NP 9 3 Calculated negative total units (stored

positive)
NP 12 3 Calculated negative weight (stored positive)
15 2 free
NP 3 3 Calculated negative cube 1 for products

(stored positive)
NP 6 3 Calculated negative cube 2 for products
(stored positive)
NP 9 3 Calculated negative cube 1 for empties
(stored positive)
NP 12 3 Calculated negative cube 2 for empties
(stored positive)
15 2 free

XX01
SEGMENT C Previous Empty Information
A 1 1 Segment Identification 'C'

A 2 15 Previous Empty Data
NOTE
'C' segments are used to store amount
and/or tax figures of empties of prior
deliveries. Depending on whether taxes by
tax combination or amounts are stored, the
layout 'C' is identical to the 'H'-segment or
'E'-segment.
Taxes by tax combination:
- 'H'-segment layout (for example letter 'H'

replaced by 'C')
Amounts (e.g. *TOEP, *TOTP):
- 'E'-segment layout (for example letter 'E'

replaced by 'C')
SEGMENT D Miscellaneous Data
A 2 4 Data identifier internal
A 6 11 Data field (according to data entry screen)
SEGMENT E Amount Segment
A 2 5 Data identifier internal (incl. dec. sign or '*')
SP 7 6 Amount value (no additional decimals)
A 13 4 free
This segment is used for control totals

also.

XX01
SEGMENT F Manual Adjustment Segment

(related to one article)
A 1 1 Segment Identification 'F'

2 2 reserved
NP 4 3 Adjustment list number (not present for
.ADJB)
A 7 1 Handling Indicator
B = override breakpoint (ADJB)
0 = override flat per article (ADJ0)
1 = override percentage (ADJ1)
2 = override value/unit (ADJ2)
3 = override best price (ADJ3)
4 = override free cases (ADJ4)
5 = override value/converted unit
(ADJ5)
7 = override replace net price (ADJ7)
SP 8 6 Value
14 3 free
SEGMENT G Manual Adjustment Segment

(related to an entire transaction)
A 1 1 Segment Identification "G"
A 2 2 reserved
NP 4 3 Adjustment List Number
A 7 1 Handling Indicator
C = connect adjustment list
D = disconnect adjustment list
A = activate adjustment list
6 = flat rate adjustment override (ADJ6)
SP 8 6 Value (only from ADJ6)
14 3 free

XX01
SEGMENT H RS Calculated Tax Amounts

(non-included)
A 1 1 Segment identification 'H'
A 2 1 Tax type *
*
NOTE *
When the 'empty at *
next delivery' *
feature is in use, * Tax-ID
H segments, draft * (tax
taxes of current * combi-
empties are furnished* nation
with a tax type A-E *
corresponds to 1-5) *
*
A 3 1 Outlet tax class *
A 4 1 Article tax code *
SP 5 6 Taxable amount
SP 11 6 Tax amount
SEGMENT J, K SI Calculated Tax Amounts

(non-included)
A 1 1 Segment identification 'J', 'K'

'J' = taxes on summary invoices or credit
notes
'K' = taxes on SI rebates above invoice
level
A 2 1 Tax type 1-5 *
* Tax ID
A 3 1 Outlet tax class * tax

XX01
* combi-
A 4 1 Article tax type * nation

*
SP 11 6 Tax amount
NOTE
For SI delivery slips the H-segment stores
the RS-calculated 'draft' tax whereas the J
and K segments store the SI-calculated
'real' tax. All three, H, J, and K, must
coexist on SI files and therefore different
segment ID's are used.
SEGMENT O Article Header Segment
A 1 1 Segment identification 'O'
A 8 1 Next range billing

A 9 1 Next range Discount
A 10 1 Next range Credit
SP 11 4 Price list price
A 15 1 Price manually entered
A 16 1 Article type
SEGMENT P Article Master Data
A 1 1 Segment identification 'P'
A 2 1 Article main identification

b = normal article (i.e. not one of the
following types)
A = article generated as adjustment
M= miscellaneous article
B = master article of component

XX01
C = component article
D = summary spare part article

E = spare part article
F = summary labour article

G= labour article
H = summary mileage article

I = mileage article
A 3 1 Article subidentification
b = clean, non-based/campaign article
X = mixed non-based/campaign article
B = clean base article

Y = mixed base article
C = clean campaign article

Z = mixed campaign article
A 4 5 Article tax code

XX01
VALID COMBINATIONS OF ARTICLE MAIN IDENTIFICATION AND SUBIDENTIFICATION
MAIN SUB
ID ID EXPLANATION
bb normal article / clean non-base/campaign article

bX normal article / mixed non-base/campaign article
bB normal article / clean base article
bY normal article / mixed base article
bC normal article / clean campaign article
bZ normal article / mixed campaign article
A b *) generated as adjustment / clean non-base/campaign article

A X *) generated as adjustment / mixed non-base/campaign article
A B *) generated as adjustment / clean base article
A Y *) generated as adjustment / mixed base article
A C *) generated as adjustment / clean campaign article
A Z *) generated as adjustment / mixed campaign article
M b *) miscellaneous article / normal article
B b *) master of component / normal article

C b *) component / normal article
D b *) summary spare part article/ normal article
E b *) spare part article / normal article
F b *) summary labour article / normal article
G b *) labour article / normal article
H b *) summary mileage article / normal article
I b *) mileage article / normal article
*) not supported at the moment

XX01
SEGMENT Q Article Retail Information
A 1 1 Segment identification 'Q'
2 1 free
SP 3 4 Price value (retail price)
7 10 free
SEGMENT R EC Cost Element
A 1 2 Segment identification 'R'

RF = spare part
RG = regular labor
RH = premium labor
RI = distance and driving time
SP 3 7 Cost (with four additional decimals)

[format = S9(9)V9(4) COMP-3]
A 10 7 free
SEGMENT S Article Quantity Segment 1
A 1 1 Segment identification 'S'
A 2 1 Quantity identification
1 = delivered goods, units
2 = delivered goods, subunits
3 = implied empties,
5 = empties returned/delivered
(- = returned,
+ = delivered)
6 = empties delivered (only in SI)
NOTE
SI keeps 5- and 5+ separately as 5 (=re-
turned) and 6 (= extra delivered).
SP 3 4 Quantity (units or subunits)

SP 7 6 Extended amount
A 15 1 Indicator out of stock
b = no
1 = out of stock
16 1 free

XX01
SEGMENT T Article Quantity Segment 2
A 1 1 Segment identification 'T'
A 2 1 Quantity identification
1 = delivered goods, units
2 = delivered goods, subunits
3 = implied empties,
5 = empties returned/delivered
(- = returned,
+ = delivered)
NOTES
The 'T' segment has the same layout as
described for Segment 'S' and is used to
capture the quantity filled for transactions
relating to full service. This includes full
service transactions (document types 7
and 8), as well as the following special
transactions that have an original OM01
delivery transaction code for full service:
DTC 500 - sampling transaction
DTC 700 - breakage transaction
DTC 900 - consignment
transaction
The 'T' segment is generated only if option

ORS-FSACC is present.
SP 3 4 Quantity (units or subunits)

SP 7 6 Extended amount
A 15 1 Indicator out of stock
b = no
1 = out of stock
16 1 free
SEGMENT U Miscellaneous Article Data
A 1 1 Segment identification 'U'
A 6 11 Data field
(for layouts, see data identifiers in B3)

XX01
SEGMENT V Adjustment Value Segment
A 1 1 Segment identification 'V'
NP 2 2 Adjustment calculation sequence
NP 4 3 Adjustment list number
A 9 1 AM07 print option 1 = print by article

9 = print in total
SP 10 7 Adjustment amount (+ 4 extra dec. places)
SEGMENT W Adjustment Condition Segment
A 1 1 Segment identification 'W'
SP 2 4 Rate/ net price/ free case quantity
NP 6 2 Sublist 1-5 and Scale number reached
A 8 1 Adjustment indicator 0-7

0 = flat per article
1 = percentage
2 = value per unit
3 = best price
4 = free cases
5 = value per converted unit
6 = flat rate
7 = replacing net price
SP 9 7 Adjustment base
Amounts xxxxxxxxxxx,xx
(2 additional decimals)
Quantities xxxxxxxxx,xxx
or convert- (3 additional decimals)
ed quantities
A 16 1 The 8 bits are used as indicators, from left

to right:
bit 1 ON = included tax to be ex-
tracted for tax system 1
OFF = no included tax for tax
system 1
2 ON/OFF = tax system 2

XX01

6 (not used)
7 ON = company participation
8 ON = manual input
CONTENTS OF FIELDS ON V, W, AND Y, Z SEGMENTS
ADJ. ADJ. ADJ. ADJ.

EXAMPLE IND. RATE BASE AMOUNT
$30 on one 0 3000 - 40000 30000000 -

article (40 cases) (3000 cents) (40.000 cases) (3000.0000 cents)
5% of $100 1 5000 - 1000000 5000000 -

(5.000%) (10 000.00 cents) (500.0000 cents)
$1 on 10 cases 2 1000 - 10000 10000000 -

(100.0 cents) (10.000 cases) (1 000.0000 cents)
$5 net price on 3 500 10000 30000000 -

10 cases with a (500 cents) (10.000 cases) (3 000.0000 cents)
current net value
of $8
2 free cases on 10 4 200 -12000 20000000 -

cases; current (2 free units (12.000 cases (2 000.0000 cents)
value per case = and no subunits) delivered including
$10 free cases)
$.01 on 100 liters 5 100 -120000 12000000 -

(10.0 cents) (120.000 liters) (1 200.0000 cents)
(10 cases each 12
liters, 10*12=120 liters)
$100 on whole 6 100000- 50000 25000000

transaction (10 000.0 cents) (50.000 cases) (2 500.0000 cents)
(200 cases)
$9 net price on 7 900 10000 10000000

10 cases with a (900 cents) (10.000 cases) (1 000.0000 cents)
current net value
of $8
NOTE
Underlined portion = additional decimal positions

XX01
SEGMENT Y Draft Adjustments Value Segment

(SI files only)
(same layout as V-segment, used to store
2xx-9xx 'draft' adjustments as opposed to
'real' adjustments calculated by SI on V
and W segments)
A 1 1 Segment identification 'Y'

NP 2 2 Adjustment calculation sequence
A 9 1 AM07 print option 1 or 9
SP 10 7 Adjustment amount
SEGMENT Z Draft Adjustments Condition Segment

(SI files only)
(same layout as W-segment, used to store
2xx-9xx 'draft' adjustments as opposed to
'real' adjustments calculated by SI on V-
and W- segments)
A 1 1 Segment identification 'Z'

SP 2 4 Rate/net price/free case quantity
NP 6 2 Sublist 1-5 and scale number reached
A 8 1 Adjustment indicator 0-7
SP 9 7 Adjustment base
A 16 1 Bits 1-8 are used to indicate included tax,
manual input and company participation
(see pos. 16 of the W-segment)

XX02
This section describes all the data segments used in the following sales accounting transaction files:
SA41
SA42
SA43
Segment Identifiers used:
B = Article master data

D = Article quantities at base price
E = Article conversion factors
F = Adjustments per article
G= Adjustments per article
J = Product costs per article
R = Draft taxes included when invoiced
S = Calculated tax amounts non-included
T = Calculated tax amounts included
V = Amounts

XX02
XX02 SEGMENTS
ORG. LGTH KEY

24
SEGMENT B Article master data
B1 = article segment
B2 = product group segment
(after compress)

or
A 3 2 Product group
A 5 4 free (for product group segment)
A 9 1 Article type
A 10 5 Article tax code
A 23 1 Article main identificaion

b = normal article (i.e. not one of the
following types)
A = article generated as adjustment
M= miscellaneous article
B = master article of component

C = component article
D = summary spare part article

E = spare part article
F = summary labour article
G= labour article
H = summary mileage article
I = mileage article
A 24 1 Article subidentification
b = clean, non-base/campaign article
X = mixed, non-based/campaign article
B = clean base article

Y = mixed base article
C = clean campaign article

Z = mixed campaign article

XX02
NOTE
For valid combinations of article identifica-
tions, see B6/XX01/P segment
SEGMENT D Article quantities at base price
D1 = units
D3 = implied empties
D4 = implied empties, transaction type 2
D5 = empties delivered
D6 = empties delivered, transaction type 2
D7 = empties returned
D8 = empties returned transaction type 2
D9 = implied empties included in PLP
(difference between adjustment
with type '90' and deposit)
NP 3 4 Price list price (before compress)

or
A 3 1 Usage class (for sampling and breakage)
A 4 2 Usage code (for sampling and breakage)
6 1 free (for sampling and breakage)
3 3 Blank (after compress)
A 6 1 Tax type for tax split (after compress)
A 7 2 Outlet tax class and article tax code
SP 11 4 Units
SP 15 2 Subunits
or
SP 11 6 Quantity (computed units and subunits for
product group segments)
(with 4 decimals)
SP 17 8 Extended amount (with 4 additional

decimals)
SEGMENT E Article conversion factors
A 1 2 Segment identification 'Eb'
A 3 1 Usage class (for sampling and breakage)

A 4 2 Usage code (for sampling and breakage)

XX02
SP 6 8 Converted quantity 1 (with 6 fixed decimals)

22 3 free
SEGMENT F,G Adjustments per article
A 1 2 Segment identification 'Fn' or 'Gn'

n = adjustment range 1-9
(0 = pricing element adjustment; blank
after compress)
A 3 1 Adjustment class
A 4 2 Adjustment type
Before compress (in SA41)

NP 9 2 Sublist and scale number
(first position reserved for sublist;
second position for scale number)
SP 11 4 Adjustment rate
A 16 1 Adjustment origin indicator
A 17 1 Tax class and code deletion in dicator
(for technical use only)
A 18 7 Adjustment amount
(with 4 additional decimals)
After compress (in SA42 and SA43)
A 6 3 Tax combination
SP 11 4 Units
SP 15 2 Subunits
or
SP 11 6 Quantity (computed units and subunits for
product group segments)
(with 4 decimals)
SP 17 8 Adjustment amount (with 4 additional

decimals)

XX02
SEGMENT J Product costs per article
A 1 2 Segment identification 'Jx'

Values of x
space = product cost generated by SA
no space = product cost generated by
Equipment Control.
F = spare part
G = labor regulation
H = labor premium
I = mileage
A 3 1 Usage class * (for sampling

A 4 2 Usage code * and breakage,
* after compress)
*not used when segment -ID equals
'F','G','H' OR 'I'.
SP 6 8 Cost of goods sold (with 4 additional

decimals)
14 11 free
SEGMENT R/ Draft taxes included when invoiced/

SEGMENT S/ Calculated tax amounts non-included
SEGMENT T Calculated tax amounts included
R2 = draft included from SI
S1 = real non-included from RS
S2 = real non-included for SI
S3 = draft non-included for SI
S4 = draft non-included for CB
S5 = draft non-included of empties at
next delivery
S6 = real non-included of empties at next
delivery
S7 = real non-included for SI (higher
level rebates)
T1 = real included from RS
T2 = real included for SI
A 3 1 Tax type * Tax - ID

A 4 1 Outlet tax class * (tax-
A 5 1 Article tax code * combination)
A 6 1 Taxbase indicator
1 = Taxbase is an amount

XX02
2 = Taxbase is a quantity
NP 7 4 Effective from date
SP 17 8 Tax amount (with 4 additional decimals)
SEGMENT V Amounts
A 1 2 Segment identification 'Vb'
SP 8 6 Amount value (no additional decimals)
14 11 free

XX03
This section describes all the data segments used in the sales data base
transaction files:
SA24
SA44
SA54
per article:
B1 = Article master data
B2 = Article conversion factors
B3 = Quantity
B11 = Campaign article segment
B121 = Mixed segment 1
D = Sampling and breakage
E = Free cases
G = Adjustments
H = Adjustment information
J = Costs at article level
per outlet/transaction:
M2= Converted quantity 2 and gross sales
M3= Converted quantity 1 and scheduled stops
M4= Cube and number of stops
O = Free cases at outlet level
P = Totals of article level adjustments
Q = Free case information
R = Promotions at outlet level
S = Product- and transportation costs and sales- and distribution costs at outlet level
V = Adjustments at outlet level
W = Costs at outlet level
X = Converted quantities of sampling and breakage at outlet level
Y = Costs of sampling and breakage at outlet level
ZZ = Ignored amounts

XX03
XX03 SEGMENTS
ORG. LGTH KEY

20
SEGMENT B1 Article master data
A 1 4 Segment identification 'B1bb'

A 11 8 Grouping codes
A 19 1 Article type
N 20 1 Article selection indicators for statistics and
profitability
0 = both indicators are off
1 = sales total quantity indicator 1 is on
3 = sales total amounts indicator 3 is on
4 = both indicators are on
SEGMENT B2 Article conversion factors
SP 5 8 Article conversion factor 1

This conversion factor is dependent on the
number of decimals defined in the data
dictionary (XID) for AM01 (201).
SP 13 8 Article conversion factor 2
This conversion factor is dependent on the
number of decimals defined in the data
dictionary (XID) for AM01 (202).
SEGMENT B3 Quantity
SP 5 8 Quantity (4 decimals, converted to a

decimal figure)
SP 13 8 Gross sales at base price (with 4 additional
decimals)
SEGMENT B11 Campaign article segment
A 1 4 Segment identification 'B11'

NP 5 3 Corresponding base article no. (from
AM01/084)
A 8 13 free

XX03
SEGMENT B121 Mixed article segment 1
NP 5 3 Mixed artno 1
NP 8 2 Subunits 1
NP 13 2 Subunits 2
NP 18 2 Subunits 3
A 20 1 free
NP 8 2 Subunits 4
NP 13 2 Subunits 5
NP 18 2 Subunits 6
A 20 1 free
Mixed article information from AM01 fields

221 to 232
SEGMENT D Sampling and Breakage
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Ducc'

u = usage class
cc = usage code (optional)
SP 5 8 Quantity units (4 decimals, converted to a

decimal figure)
13 8 free

XX03
SEGMENT E Free cases
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Ectt'

c = adjustment class
tt = adjustment type (optional)
SP 5 8 Adjustment quantity units (4 decimals,

converted to a decimal figure)
13 8 Promoted Quantity
SEGMENT G Adjustments
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Gctt'

tt = adjustment type

NP 8 2 Sublist and scale number used
A 11 1 Adjustment origin indicator
12 1 free

decimals)
SEGMENT H Adjustment information
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Hctt'

tt = adjustment type
SP 5 4 Adjustment rate
9 4 free
SP 13 8 Promoted Quantity
NOTE
This field is set to 0 for Billing (BI)
transactions.

XX03
SEGMENT J Costs at article level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Jfbb'

f = time frame
SP 5 8 Product and transportation cost amount

(class 1)
SP 13 8 Sales and distribution cost amount (class 2)
SEGMENT M2 Converted quantity 2 and grosssales
A 1 4 Segment identification 'M2bb'

SP 13 8 Gross sales (with 4 additional decimals)
SEGMENT M3 Converted quantity 1 and scheduled

stops

SP 13 8 Number of scheduled stops
21 4 free
SEGMENT M4 Cube and number of stops
SP 5 8 Cube (with 2 decimals)

SP 13 8 Number of stops
SEGMENT O Free cases at outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Octt'

tt = adjustment type or blank for totals by
class
5 8 free
SP 13 8 Adjustment quantity (conversion factor 2)

(with 6 fixed decimals)

XX03
SEGMENT P Totals of article level adjustments
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Pctt'

c = adjustment class (1-5)
class
SP 5 8 Promoted quantity (conversion factor 2)

decimals)
21 4 free
SEGMENT Q Free case information
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Qctt'

class

SEGMENT R Promotions at outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Rctt'

class

13 8 free

XX03
SEGMENT S Product- and transportation costs and

sales- and distribution costs at outlet
level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Sctf'

c = cost class
t = cost type
f = time frame
SP 5 8 Cost amount (with 4 additional decimals)
13 8 free
SEGMENT V Adjustments at outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Vctt'

c = adjustment class (6 - 9 or Z)
class

decimals)
13 8 free
SEGMENT W Costs at outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Wctf'

c = cost class
t = cost type
f = time frame
13 8 free
SEGMENT X Converted quantities of sampling and

breakage at outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Xucc'

u = usage class

SP 13 8 Converted quantity 2

XX03
SEGMENT Y Costs of sampling and breakage at

outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Yucc'

u = usage class
13 8 free
SEGMENT ZZ Ignored amounts
A 1 4 Segment identification 'ZZbb'
SP 5 8 Deposit at base price (with 4 additional

decimals)
SP 13 8 Gross sales at base price for articles with
type 3 (with 4 additional decimals)

XX04
XX04 SEGMENTS
Description of Data Segments
This section describes all the data segments used in the sales data base files:
SD22
SD26
per article:
B1 = Article master data
B3 = Quantity and gross sales
B5 = Adjustments and costs per article
B11 = Campaign article segment
E = Free cases
G = Adjustments
per outlet or business segment:

A1 = Business segment key fields
A2 = Pointer address
M4= Cube and number of stops
Y = Costs of sampling and breakage at outlet level

XX04
ORG. LGTH KEY

32
SEGMENT A1 Business Segment key fields
A 1 4 Segment identification 'A1bb'
G 5 8 4 OM01 fields included in 2the key

(4*7)
A 4 Field number
A 1 free
SEGMENT A2 Pointer address
G 5 5 Access key 2
A 25 1 Period type (only in multiple period files)
N 26 2 Period number (only in multiple period files)
NP 28 2 Record number
30 3 free
SEGMENT B1 Article master data

N 11 1 Article selection indicators for statistics
and profitability
12 1 free
A 13 8 Grouping codes
21 2 free

XX04
NP 23 5 Article conversion factor 1

This conversion factor is dependent on
the number of decimals defined in the
data dictionary (XID) for AM01 (201).
NP 28 5 Article conversion factor 2
This conversion factor is dependent on
the number of decimals defined in the
data dictionary (XID) for AM01 (202).
SEGMENT B3 Quantity and gross sales
Current year
SP 5 7 Quantity (4 decimals)
SP 12 7 Gross sales at base price (no additional
decimals)
Previous year
decimals)
SEGMENT B5 Adjustments and costs per article
Current year
SP 5 7 Total adjustments (no additional deci-
mals)
SP 12 7 Total costs (no additional decimals)
Previous year
SP 19 7 Total adjustments (no additional deci-
mals)
SEGMENT B11 Campaign article segment

NP 5 3 Corresponding base article no. (from
AM01/084)
A 8 13 free

XX04
NP 8 2 Subunits 1
NP 13 2 Subunits 2
NP 18 2 Subunits 3
A 20 1 free
NP 8 2 Subunits 4
NP 13 2 Subunits 5
NP 18 2 Subunits 6
A 20 1 free
Mixed article information from AM01 fields

221 to 232
SEGMENT D Sampling and breakage

u = usage class
Current year
12 7 free
Previous year
26 7 free

Current year
SP 5 7 Adjustment quantity (4 decimals)

XX04
12 7 free
Previous year
SP 19 7 Adjustment quantity (4 decimals)
26 7 free

tt = adjustment type or blank for totals
by class
Current period
SP 5 7 Promoted quantity (4 decimals)
SP 12 7 Adjustment amount (no additional deci-
mals)
Previous year
SP 19 7 Promoted quantity (4 decimals)
mals)

f = time frame
Current period
(class 1)
(no additional decimals)
Previous year
(class 1)
SEGMENT M2 Converted quantity 2 and gross sales
Current year
SP 5 7 Converted quantity 2 (4 decimals)

XX04
decimals)
Previous year
decimals)

stops
Current year
Previous year
SEGMENT M4 Cube and number of stops
Current year
Previous year

by class
Current year
5 7 free

XX04
(4 decimals)
Previous year
19 7 free

(4 decimals)

by class
Current year
(4 decimals)
SP 12 7 Adjustment amount (no additional decimals)
Previous year
(4 decimals)

by class
Current year
(4 decimals)

XX04
(4 decimals)
Previous year
(4 decimals)
(4 decimals)
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Rctt'

by class
Current year
(4 decimals)
12 7 free
Previous year
(4 decimals)
26 7 free

level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Sctf'

c = cost class
t = cost type
f = time frame
Current year
SP 5 7 Cost amount (no additional decimals)

XX04
12 7 free
Previous year
26 7 free

by class
Current year
12 7 free
Previous year
26 7 free

c = cost class
t = cost type
f = time frame
Current year
12 7 free
Previous year
26 7 free

u = usage class
Current year

XX04
Previous year
SEGMENT Y Costs of sampling and breakage at

outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Yucc'

u = usage class
Current year
12 7 free
Previous year
26 7 free

XX05
XX05 SEGMENTS
Description of Data Segments
This section describes all the data segments used in the sales budget file:
SB01
per article:
B1 = Article master data (included in segment A1)
B3 = Quantity and gross sales
B5 = Adjustments and costs per article
C = Contribution
E = Free cases
G = Adjustments
per outlet or business segment:

A1 = Business segment key fields
N = Contribution
Y = Costs of sampling and breakage at outlet level (currently not supported)

XX05
XX05 SEGMENTS
ORG. LGTH KEY

64
SEGMENT A1 Key fields
G 5 8 2 key
4 OM01 fields included in the
(4*7)
A 4 Field number
A 1 free
A 33 4 Indicator for article master data 'B1bb'
N 43 1 Article selection indicators for statistics and
profitability
44 1 free
A 45 4 Article grouping codes
53 2 free
NP 55 5 Article conversion factor 1 (6 decimals)

NP 60 5 Article conversion factor 2 (6 decimals)

XX05
SEGMENT B3 Quantity and gross sales
Budget amount

decimals)
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for quantity

N 24 2 Indicator for the 1st factor
% = percent
% > = percent of total
* = multiplier
# = weighting factor
SP 26 5 Factor for gross sales

N 31 2 Indicator for the 2nd factor
% = percent
% > = percent of total
* = multiplier
# = weighting factor
Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for quantity (4 decimals)

SP 40 7 Base amount for gross sales (no additional
decimals)
A 47 5 Statistical field number for quantity '01bbb'

A 52 5 Statistical field number for gross sales
'10bbb'
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for quantity

A 58 1 Deletion indicator for gross sales
59 6 free

XX05
SEGMENT B5 Adjustments and costs per article
Budget amounts
SP 5 7 Total adjustments (no additional decimals)
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for adjustments
SP 26 5 Factor for costs

Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for adjustments (no addi-
tional decimals)
SP 40 7 Base amount for costs (no additional
decimals)
A 47 5 Statistical field number for adjustments

'20bbb'
A 52 5 Statistical field number for costs '31bbb'
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for adjustments
A 58 1 Deletion indicator for costs
59 6 free

XX05
SEGMENT C Contribution at article level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Ccaf'

c = cost class
a = adjustment class
f = time frame
Budget amount
SP 5 7 Contribution amount (no additional decimals)
12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for contribution
26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 40 7 free
A 47 5 Statistical field number for contribution

'41caf'
52 5 free
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for contribution
58 7 free

XX05
SEGMENT D Sampling and breakage

u = usage class
Budget amount
12 7 free
Weighting factors
26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 40 7 free
A 47 5 Statistical field number for quantity '04ucc'
52 5 free
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for quantity
58 7 free

XX05

Budget amount
SP 5 7 Free case quantity (4 decimals)
12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for free cases
26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for free cases (4 decimals)
SP 40 7 free
A 47 5 Statistical field number for free case

quantity '24ctt'
52 5 free
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for free case quantity
58 7 free

XX05

class
Budget amounts
SP 5 7 Total promoted quantity (4 decimals)
SP 12 7 Total adjustment amount (no additional
decimals)
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for promoted quantity
SP 26 5 Factor for adjustment amount

Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for promoted quantity
(4 decimals)
SP 40 7 Base amount for adjustment amount
A 47 5 Statistical field number for promoted

quantity '21ctt'
A 52 5 Statistical field number for adjustment
amount '20ctt'
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for promoted quantity
A 58 1 Deletion indicator for adjustment amount
59 6 free

XX05

f = time frame
Budget amount
(class 1)
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for product and transportation cost
SP 26 5 Factor for sales and distribution cost

Base amounts
Sp 33 7 Base amount for product and transporta-
tion cost (no additional decimals)
SP 40 7 Base amount for sales and distribution
cost (no additional decimals)
A 47 5 Statistical field number for product and
tranportation costs '311bb'
A 52 5 Statistical field number for sales and
distribution costs '312bb'
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for product and transpor-

tation cost
A 58 1 Deletion indicator for sales and distribution

costs
59 6 free

XX05
SEGMENT M2 Converted quantity 2 and gross sales
Budget amount
decimals)
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for converted quantity 2
SP 26 5 Factor for gross sales

Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for converted quantity 2
(4 decimals)
SP 40 7 Base amount for gross sales (no additional
decimals)
A 47 5 Statistical field number for converted

quantity 2 '03bbb'
A 52 5 Statistical field number for gross sales
'10bbb'
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for converted quantity 2
A 58 1 Deletion indicator for gross sales
59 6 free

XX05

stops
Budget amount
SP 12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for converted quantity 1
SP 26 7 free
Base amounts
(4 decimals)
SP 40 7 free
A 47 5 Statistical field number for converted

quantity 1 '02bbb'
52 5 free
58 7 free

XX05
SEGMENT N Contribution at outlet level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Ncaf'

c = cost class
a = adjustment class
f = time frame
Budget amount
SP 5 7 Contribution amount (no additional deci-
mals)
12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for contribution
26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 40 7 free
A 47 5 Statistical field number for quantity '41caf'
52 5 free
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for contribution
58 7 free

XX05

class
Budget amount
5 7 free

(4 decimals)
Weighting factors
19 7 free
SP 26 5 Factor for adjustment quantity
Base amounts
SP 33 7 free
SP 40 7 Base amount for adjustment quantity ( 4

decimals)
47 5 free
A 52 5 Statistical field number for adjustment

quantity '26ctt'
57 1 free
A 58 1 Deletion indicator for adjustment quantity
59 6 free

XX05

class
Budget amount
(4 decimals)
Weighting factors
SP 26 5 Factor for amount
Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for promoted quantity (4
decimals)
SP 40 7 Base amount for adjustment amount (no

additional decimals)
N 47 5 Statistical field number for promoted

quantity '211tt - 215tt'
N 52 5 Statistical field number for adjustment

amount '201tt - 205tt'
59 6 free

XX05

class
Budget amount
SP 5 7 free

(4 decimals)
Weighting factors
SP 19 7 free

Base amounts
Sp 33 7 free
SP 40 7 Base amount for adjustment quantity (4

decimals)
47 5 free

quantity '25ctt'
57 1 free
A 58 1 Deletion indicator for adjustment quantity

59 6 free

XX05
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Rctt

class
Budget amount
(4 decimals)
12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for promoted quantity

(4 decimals)
SP 40 7 free
N 47 5 Statistical field number
52 5 free
58 7 free

XX05

level
A 1 4 Segment identification 'Sctf

c = cost class
t = cost type
f = time frame
Budget amount
SP 12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for cost amount
SP 26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for cost amount (no addi-
tional decimals)
SP 40 7 free
N 47 5 Statistical field number

for product costs '3111b'
transportation costs '3112b'
sales and administration cost '3124b'
delivery costs '3125b'
driving costs '3126b
52 5 free
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for cost amount
58 7 free

XX05

class
Budget amount
mals)
12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for adjustment amount
SP 26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for adjustment
SP 40 7 free

amount '216tt - 219tt'
N 52 5 free
58 7 free

XX05

c = cost class
t = cost type
f = time frame
Budget amount
12 7 free
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for cost amount
SP 26 7 free
Base amounts
SP 33 7 Base amount for cost amount
SP 40 7 free
N 47 5 Statistical field number '314x - 319x'
52 5 free
A 57 1 Deletion indicator for cost amount
58 7 free

XX05


u = usage class
Budget amount
Weighting factors
SP 19 5 Factor for quantity 1
SP 26 5 Factor for quantity 2

Base amounts
(4 decimals)
(4 decimals)
N 47 5 Statistical field number for converted

quantity 1
'05ucc'
N 52 5 Statistical field number for converted
quantity 2
'06ucc'
59 6 free

B6 PTF53.5

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

B6 PTF53.5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BASIS II

S/36 FILE LAYOUTS

Coca-Cola Computer Service G.m.b.H.

THIS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION ARE PROPRIETARY TO THE COCA-

B6 S/36 File Layouts

PTF 53.5– CHANGES TO B6 1 OF 2

2 OF 2 PTF 53.5– CHANGES TO B6

File Name and File Name and

RS63.Z GENERAL MESSAGES

SA24 SALES DATA BASE TRANSACTION FILE

SI60 SUMMARY INVOICE PRINT FILE

XJ03 JOB HISTORY FILE

XX01 DESCRIPTION OF DATA SEGMENTS

XX02 DESCRIPTION OF DATA SEGMENTS

PTF 53.4– CHANGES TO B6 1 OF 2

2 OF 2 PTF 53.4– CHANGES TO B6

File Name and File Name and

XX42 ROSS INVENTORY PHYSICAL COUNT INTERFACE FILE

XX43 ORDER ENTRY INVENTORY TRANSACTIONS

PTF 53.3– CHANGES TO B6 1 OF 2

2 OF 2 PTF 53.3– CHANGES TO B6

PTF 53.2– CHANGES TO B6 1 OF 2

2 OF 2 PTF 53.2 – CHANGES TO B6

PTF 53.1– CHANGES TO B6 1 OF 2

2 OF 2 PTF 53.1 – CHANGES TO B6

File Name and File Name and

AR23 Accounts Receivable Outlet Period End Totals

AR41 AR External Interface File

AR60 AR Master Data Print File for Reports and Statements

AR61 AR Detail Data Print File for Reports and Statements

AR66 Accounts Receivable Transaction/Entry Code Totals Work File

AR67 Data Entry - Screen Information - Buffer File

AR69 GL Account Totals Workfile

AR74 Invoice/Payment Register Workfile

AR99 AR Running Totals Component for all Generic Programs

RS90 User Settlement Input File

SA46 GL Transaction File

SA48 Statistical GL Voucher File

SA50 Statistical GL Voucher File Converted

XX03 Description of Data Segments

CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS FILE

COMPANY SYSTEMS FILES

PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS i

EQUIPMENT CONTROL FILES

FORMS PRE-ADDRESSING FILES

KEY ACCOUNT ANALYSIS FILES

MARKET ANALYSIS FILES

ORDER ENTRY FILES

OUTLET SELECTION FILES

PROMOTION ANALYSIS FILES

ROUTE SETTLEMENT FILES

ii PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS

SALES BUDGET FILES

SALES DATA BASE FILES

SUMMARY INVOICING FILES

DISTRIBUTED DATA PROCESSING FILES

INSTALLATION CONTROL FILES

JOB CONTROL FILES

CONTROL LIST FILES

PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS iii

LANGUAGE PATCHING FILES

iv PTF 53.5 – B6 FILE LAYOUTS

AR41 AR EXTERNAL INTERFACE FILE